DCRPC101

DCR-PC101/PC101E
SERVICE MANUAL
Ver 1.0 2002. 05
Revision History LEVEL
RMT-814
US Model Canadian Model

DCR-PC101
AEP Model UK Model East European Model North European Model Russian Model
DCR-PC101E
E Model Hong Kong Model

DCR-PC101/PC101E
Australian Model Chinese Model

DCR-PC101E
Korea Model
DCR-PC101
J MECHANISM
Tourist Model
DCR-PC101/PC101E
Link
SPECIFICATIONS SERVICE NOTE DISASSEMBLY BLOCK DIAGRAMS FRAME SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS PRINTED WIRING BOARDS ADJUSTMENTS REPAIR PARTS LIST
For INSTRUCTION MANUAL, refer to SERVICE MANUAL, LEVEL 1 (992997141.pdf). For MECHANISM ADJUSTMENTS, refer to the DV MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL VI J MECHANISM (9-929-807-11). Reference No. search on printed wiring boards is available. On the BJ-003, VC-284 boards
This service manual provides the information that is premised the circuit board replacement service and not intended repair inside the BJ-003, VC-284 boards. Therefore, schematic diagram, printed wiring board, waveforms, mounted parts location and electrical parts list of the BJ-003, VC-284 boards are not shown. The following pages are not shown. Schematic diagram ............................. Pages 4-9 to 4-50 Mounted parts location .................. Page 4-103 to 4-105 Printed wiring board ............................ Pages 4-73 to 4-80 Electrical parts list ......................... Pages 6-11, 6-16 to 6-25 Waveforms ........................................... Page 4-98 to 4-100
DIGITAL VIDEO CAMERA RECORDER
DCR-PC101/PC101E
COVER
TM
SERIES
SPECIFICATIONS Video camera recorder

System Video recording system 2 rotary heads Helical scanning system Audio recording system 2 rotary heads, PCM system Quantization: 12 bits (Fs 32 kHz, stereo 1, stereo 2), 16 bits (Fs 48 kHz, stereo) Video signal DCR-PC101: NTSC color, EIA standards DCR-PC101E: PAL color, CCIR standards Usable cassette Mini DV cassette with the mark printed Tape speed SP: Approx. 18.81 mm/s LP: Approx. 12.56 mm/s Recording/playback time (using cassette DVM60) SP: 1 hour LP: 1.5 hours Fastforward/rewind time (using cassette DVM60) When using the battery pack: Approx. 2 min. and 30 seconds When using the AC power adaptor: Approx. 1 min. and 45 seconds Viewfinder Electric viewfinder (color) Image device 3.8 mm (1/4.7 type) CCD (Charge Coupled Device) Gross: Approx. 1 070 000 pixels Effective (still): Approx. 1 000 000 pixels Effective (moving): Approx. 690 000 pixels Lens Carl Zeiss Combined power zoom lens Filter diameter 30 mm. (1 3/16 in.) 10 (Optical), 120 (Digital) F = 1.8 - 2.0 Focal length 3.7 - 37 mm (5/32 - 1 1/2 in.) When converted to a 35 mm still camera In CAMERA: 50 - 500 mm (2 - 19 3/4 in.) In MEMORY: 42 - 420 mm (1 11/16 - 16 5/8 in.) Color temperature Auto, HOLD (Hold), nIndoor (3 200K), Outdoor (5 800K) Minimum illumination 7 lx (lux) (F 1.8) 0 lx (lux) (in the NightShot mode)* * Objects unable to be seen due to the dark can be shot with infrared lighting. Input/Output connectors S video input/output 4-pin mini DIN Luminance signal: 1 Vp-p, 75 (ohms), unbalanced, sync negative Chrominance signal: DCR-PC101: 0.286 Vp-p DCR-PC101E: 0.3 Vp-p 75 (ohms), unbalanced A/V (Audio/Video) input/output AV MINI JACK, input/output auto switch Video signal: 1 Vp-p, 75 (ohms), unbalanced, sync negative Audio signal: 327 mV, (at output impedance more than 47 k (kilohms) ) Input impedance with more than 47 k (kilohms) Output impedance with less than 2.2 k (kilohms) DV input/output 4-pin connector Headphone jack Stereo minijack ( 3.5 mm) LANC jack Stereo mini-minijack ( 2.5 mm) USB jack mini-B MIC jack Minijack, 0.388 mV low impedance with 2.5 to 3.0 V DC, output impedance 6.8 k (kilohms) ( 3.5 mm) Stereo type LCD screen Picture 6.2 cm (2.5 type) 50.3 37.4 mm (2 1 1/2 in.) Total dot number 211 200 (960 220) General Power requirements 7.2 V (battery pack) 8.4 V (AC power adaptor) Average power consumption (when using the battery pack) During camera recording using LCD: DCR-PC101: 4.0 W DCR-PC101E: 3.9 W Viewfinder: DCR-PC101: 3.3 W DCR-PC101E: 3.2 W Operating temperature 0 C to 40 C (32 F to 104 F) Storage temperature 20 C to +60 C (4 F to +140 F) Dimensions (approx.) 55 105 99 mm (2 1/4 4 1/4 4 in.) (w/h/d) Mass (approx.) 480 g (1 lb 0 oz) excluding the battery pack and cassette 580 g (1 lb 4 oz) including the battery pack, NP-FM50, cassette DVM60 and lens cap
Battery pack
Maximum output voltage DC 8.4 V Output voltage DC 7.2 V Capacity 8.5 Wh (1 180 mAh) Dimensions (approx.) 38.2 20.5 55.6 mm (1 9/16 13/16 2 1/4 in.) (w/h/d) Mass (approx.) 76 g (2.7 oz) Type Lithium ion
Memory Stick
Memory Flash memory 8MB: MSA-8A Operating voltage 2.7-3.6V Power consumption Approx. 45mA during operation Approx. 130A in tape recording standby Dimensions (approx.) 50 2.8 21.5 mm (2 1/8 7/8 in.) (w/h/d) Mass (approx.) 4 g (0.14 oz) Design and specifications are subject to change without notice.
AC power adaptor
Power requirements 100 - 240 V AC, 50/60 Hz Power consumption 23 W Output voltage DC OUT: 8.4 V, 1.5 A during operation Operating temperature 0 C to 40 C (32 F to 104 F) Storage temperature 20 C to +60 C (4 F to +140 F) Dimensions (approx.) 125 39 62 mm (5 1 9/16 2 1/2 in.) (w/h/d) excluding projecting parts Mass (approx.) 280 g (9.8 oz) excluding the power cord
DCR-PC101/PC101E
Supplied accessories
1 2 3
q;
qa
qs
qd
qf
1 AC-L10A/L10B/L10C AC power adaptor (1), Power cord (1) 2 NP-FM50 battery pack (1) 3 A/V connecting cable (1) 4 Wireless Remote Commander (1) 5 Size AA (R6) battery for Remote Commander (2) 6 Lens cap (1) 7 Memory Stick (1) 8 USB cable (1)
CD-ROM (SPVD-008 USB Driver) (1) Battery terminal cover (1) Cleaning cloth (1) 21-pin adaptor (1) DCR-PC101: AEP, UK, EE, NE, RU qd 2-pin conversion adaptor (1) DCR-PC101E: E, HK/PC101E: E, HK qf 2-pin conversion adaptor (1) DCR-PC101: JE/PC101E: JE 9 q; qa qs
DCR-PC101/PC101E
CAUTION Danger of explosion if battery is incorrectly replaced. Replace only with the same or eqivalent type.
SAFETY-RELATED COMPONENT WARNING!! COMPONENTS IDENTIFIED BY MARK 0 OR DOTTED LINE WITH MARK 0 ON THE SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS AND IN THE PARTS LIST ARE CRITICAL TO SAFE OPERATION. REPLACE THESE COMPONENTS WITH SONY PARTS WHOSE PART NUMBERS APPEAR AS SHOWN IN THIS MANUAL OR IN SUPPLEMENTS PUBLISHED BY SONY.
ATTENTION AU COMPOSANT AYANT RAPPORT LA SCURIT! LES COMPOSANTS IDENTIFS PAR UNE MARQUE 0 SUR LES DIAGRAMMES SCHMATIQUES ET LA LISTE DES PICES SONT CRITIQUES POUR LA SCURIT DE FONCTIONNEMENT. NE REMPLACER CES COMPOSANTS QUE PAR DES PISES SONY DONT LES NUMROS SONT DONNS DANS CE MANUEL OU DANS LES SUPPMENTS PUBLIS PAR SONY.
SAFETY CHECK-OUT
After correcting the original service problem, perform the following safety checks before releasing the set to the customer. 1. Check the area of your repair for unsoldered or poorly-soldered connections. Check the entire board surface for solder splashes and bridges. Check the interboard wiring to ensure that no wires are "pinched" or contact high-wattage resistors. Look for unauthorized replacement parts, particularly transistors, that were installed during a previous repair. Point them out to the customer and recommend their replacement. Look for parts which, through functioning, show obvious signs of deterioration. Point them out to the customer and recommend their replacement. Check the B+ voltage to see it is at the values specified. Flexible Circuit Board Repairing Keep the temperature of the soldering iron around 270C during repairing. Do not touch the soldering iron on the same conductor of the circuit board (within 3 times). Be careful not to apply force on the conductor when soldering or unsoldering. Unleaded solder Boards requiring use of unleaded solder are printed with the leadfree mark (LF) indicating the solder contains no lead. (Caution: Some printed circuit boards may not come printed with the lead free mark due to their particular size.)
2. 3.
4.
5. 6.
: LEAD FREE MARK Unleaded solder has the following characteristics. Unleaded solder melts at a temperature about 40C higher than ordinary solder. Ordinary soldering irons can be used but the iron tip has to be applied to the solder joint for a slightly longer time. Soldering irons using a temperature regulator should be set to about 350C. Caution: The printed pattern (copper foil) may peel away if the heated tip is applied for too long, so be careful! Strong viscosity Unleaded solder is more viscous (sticky, less prone to flow) than ordinary solder so use caution not to let solder bridges occur such as on IC pins, etc. Usable with ordinary solder It is best to use only unleaded solder but unleaded solder may also be added to ordinary solder.
DCR-PC101/PC101E
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Section Title Page Section Title Page
1.
1-1. 1. 2. 1-2. 1. 2. 3. 4.
SERVICE NOTE
Service Note 1-1 Power Supply During Repairs 1-1 To Take Out a Cassette when Not Eject (Force Eject) 1-1 Self-diagnosis Function 1-2 Self-diagnosis Function 1-2 Self-diagnosis Display 1-2 Service Mode Display 1-2 Self-diagnosis Code Table 1-3
2.
DISASSEMBLY
2-1. LCD Cabinet (R) Assembly 2-2 LCD Block Service Position 2-2 2-2. Cabinet (R) Block Assembly 2-3 2-3. Lens (-EVF) Block Section 2-3 2-4. Lens Block 2-4 2-5. CF-089 Board 2-4 2-6. VC-284 Board 2-5 2-7. Mechanism Deck 2-5 2-8. Cabinet (G) Assembly 2-6 2-9. Control Switch Block (FK-2850) 2-7 Note for Installation of Control Switch Block (FK-2850) 2-7 2-10. Control Switch Block (PS-2850) 2-8 2-11. Cabinet (BT) Block 2-8 2-12. BJ-003 Board 2-9 2-13. LCD Section 2-9 2-14. PD-116 Board 2-10 2-15. FP-470 Board 2-11 Position to Install FP-470 Board When Installing LCD Hinge Assembly, Blind Plate Assembly 2-12 Installation of FP-470 Flexible Board, Harness (PB-051) 2-12 Note for Installation of LCD Hinge Block 2-12 Position of Connector Retainer Sheet 2-12 Service Position to Check the VTR Section 2-13 Service Position to Check the CAMERA Section 2-14 2-16. Flexible Boards Location 2-15 2-17. Circuit Boards Location 2-16
NS-014 (REMOTE COMMANDER RECEIVER) 4-62 CONTROL SWITCH BLOCK (FK-2850) 4-63 CONTROL SWITCH BLOCK (PS-2850) 4-65 FP-470 FLEXIBLE 4-66 4-3. Printed Wiring Boards 4-67 CF-089 4-69 PD-166 4-81 ME-020 4-85 FP-100, FP-102, FP-228 FLEXIBLE 4-89 MF-326 4-91 NS-014 4-93 4-4. Waveforms 4-97 4-5. Mounted Parts Location 4-102
5.
ADJUSTMENTS
3.
3-1. 3-2. 3-3. 3-4. 3-5. 3-6.
BLOCK DIAGRAMS
Overall Block Diagram (1/4) 3-1 Overall Block Diagram (2/4) 3-3 Overall Block Diagram (3/4) 3-5 Overall Block Diagram (4/4) 3-7 Power Block Diagram (1/2) 3-9 Power Block Diagram (2/2) 3-11
4.
PRINTED WIRING BOARDS AND SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
4-1. Frame Schematic Diagrams Frame Schematic Diagram (1/2) 4-1 Frame Schematic Diagram (2/2) 4-3 4-2. Schematic Diagrams 4-5 CF-089(CCD IMAGER) 4-7 PD-166 (1/2) (LCD DRIVER, TIMING GENERATOR) 4-51 PD-166 (2/2) (BACK LIGHT) 4-53 ME-020 (1/2) (MIC AMP) 4-55 ME-020 (2/2) (EVF, EVF BACK LIGHT, JACK) 4-57 FP-100, FP-102, FP-228 FLEXIBLE 4-59 MF-326 (MANUAL FOCUS SENSOR) 4-61
Before Starting Adjustment 5-1 1-1. Adjusting Items when Replacing Main Parts and Boards 5-2 5-1. Camera Section Adjustments 5-4 1-1. Preparations before Adjustment (CAMERA Section) 5-4 1-1-1. List of Service Tools 5-4 1-1-2. Preparations 5-5 1-1-3. Precaution 5-7 1-2. Initialization of 8, A, B, C, D, E, F, 1B, 1E, 1F Page Data 5-8 1-2-1. Initialization of A, D Page Data 5-9 1. Initializing A, D Page Data 5-9 2. Modification of A, D Page Data 5-9 3. A Page Table 5-10 4. D Page Table 5-10 1-2-2. Initialization of 8, C Page Data 5-11 1. Initializing 8, C Page Data 5-11 2. Modification of 8, C Page Data. 5-11 3. 8 Page Table 5-12 4. C Page Table 5-12 1-2-3. Initialization of E, F, 1E, 1F Page Data 5-14 1. Initializing of E, F, 1E, 1F Page Data 5-14 2. Modification of E, F, 1E, 1F Page Data 5-14 3. E Page Table 5-15 4. F Page Table 5-16 5. 1E Page Table 5-18 6. 1F Page Table 5-19 1-2-4. Initialization of B, 1B Page Data 5-20 1. Initializing of B, 1B Page Data 5-20 2. Modification of B, 1B Page Data 5-20 3. B Page Table 5-20 4. 1B Page Table 5-20 1-3. Camera System Adjustments 5-21 1. 66MHz/54MHz Origin Oscillation Adjustment 5-21 2. Hall Adjustment 5-21 3. MR Adjustment 5-22 4. Flange Back Adjustment (Using the Minipattern Box) 5-23 5. Flange Back Adjustment (Using the Flange Back Adjustment Chart and Subject More than 500 m Away) 5-24 6. Flange Back Check 5-25 7. MAX GAIN Adjustment 5-25 8. F No. & ND Light Quality Standard Data Input 5-26 9. Mechanical Shutter Adjustment 5-26 10. Picture Frame Setting 5-27 11. Color Reproduction Adjustment 5-28 12. AWB & LV Standard Data Input 5-29 13. Auto White Balance Adjustment 5-30 14. Auto White Balance Check 5-31
DCR-PC101/PC101E
Section
Title
Page
Section
1. 2. 2-1. 2-2. 2-3. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9.
Title
Page
15. Steady Shot Check 5-32 16. CCD Black Defect Adjustment 5-32 17. CCD Defect Check 5-33 1-4. Color Electronic Viewfinder System Adjustments 5-34 1. VCO Adjustment (VC-284 Board) 5-34 2. Back Light Adjustment (VC-284 Board) 5-35 3. RGB AMP Adjustment (VC-284 Board) 5-35 4. Contrast Adjustment (VC-284 Board) 5-36 5. White Balance Adjustment (VC-284 Board) 5-36 1-5. LCD System Adjustments 5-37 1. VCO Adjustment (PD-166 Board) 5-37 2. RGB AMP Adjustment (PD-166 Board) 5-38 3. Black Limit Adjustment (PD-166 Board) 5-38 4. PSIG GRAY Adjustment (PD-166 Board) 5-39 5. Contrast Adjustment (PD-166 Board) 5-39 6. Center Voltage Adjustment (PD-166 Board) 5-40 7. V-COM Adjustment (PD-166 Board) 5-40 8. White Balance Adjustment (PD-166 Board) 5-41 5-2. Mechanism Section Adjustments 5-42 2-1. How to Enter Record Mode Without Cassette 5-42 2-2. How to Enter Playback Mode Without Cassette 5-42 2-3. Tape Path Adjustment 5-42 5-3. Video Section Adjustments 5-43 3-1. Preparations before Adjustments 5-43 3-1-1. Equipment Required 5-43 3-1-2. Precautions on Adjusting 5-44 3-1-3. Adjusting Connectors 5-45 3-1-4. Connecting the Equipment 5-45 3-1-5. Alignment Tapes 5-46 3-1-6. Input/Output Level and Impedance 5-46 3-2. System Control System Adjustments 5-47 1. Initialization of 8, A, B, C, D, E, F, 1B, 1E, 1F Page Data 5-47 2. Touch Panel Adjustment 5-47 3. Node Unique ID No. Input 5-48 3-1. Input of Company ID 5-48 3-2. Input of Serial No. 5-48 3-3. Servo and RF System Adjustments 5-50 1. CAP FG Duty Adjustment (VC-284 Board) 5-50 2. PLL f0 & LPF f0 Pre-Adjustment (VC-284 Board) 5-50 3. Switching Position Adjustment (VC-284 Board) 5-51 4. AGC Center Level and APC & AEQ Adjustment 5-51 4-1. Preparations before Adjustments 5-51 4-2. AGC Center Level Adjustment (VC-284 Board) 5-52 4-3. APC & AEQ Adjustment (VC-284 Board) 5-52 5. PLL f0 & LPF f0 Final Adjustment (VC-284 Board) 5-53 3-4. Video System Adjustments 5-54 1. Chroma BPF f0 Adjustment (VC-284 Board) 5-54 2. S VIDEO OUT Y Level Adjustment (VC-284 Board) 5-55 3. S VIDEO OUT Chroma Level Adjustment (VC-284 Board) 5-55 4. VIDEO OUT Level Check (VC-284 Board) 5-56 3-5. Audio System Adjustments 5-57 1. Playback Level Check 5-57 2. Overall Level Characteristics Check 5-57 3. Overall Distortion Check 5-57 4. Overall Noise Level Check 5-58 5. Overall Separation Check 5-58 5-4. Service Mode 5-59 4-1. Adjustment Remote Commander 5-59 1. Using the Adjustment Remote Commander 5-59 2. Precautions Upon Using the Adjustment Remote Commander 5-59 4-2. Data Process 5-60 4-3. Service Mode 5-61
Setting the Test Mode 5-61 Emergence Memory Address 5-61 C Page Emergence Memory Address 5-61 EMG Code (Emergency Code) 5-62 MSW Code 5-63 Bit Value Discrimination 5-64 Jack Check (1) 5-64 Jack Check (2) 5-64 Switch Check 5-65 Record of Use Check (1) 5-66 Record of Use Check (2) 5-66 Record of Self-diagnosis Check 5-67
6.
REPAIR PARTS LIST
6-1. Exploded Views 6-1 6-1-1. Main Section 6-1 6-1-2. Lens Block Section 6-2 6-1-3. LCD EVF Block Section 6-3 6-1-4. Cabinet (L) Block Assembly 6-4 6-1-5. Cabinet (BT) Assembly 6-5 6-1-6. LCD Block Assembly 6-6 6-1-7. Overall Mechanism Deck Section (J100) 6-7 6-1-8. LS Chassis Block Assembly 6-8 6-1-9. Mechanism Chassis Block Assembly 6-9 6-2. Electrical Parts List 6-10
* The color reproduction frame is shown on page 179
DCR-PC101/PC101E
COVER
1-1. SERVICE NOTE
1. POWER SUPPLY DURING REPAIRS
SECTION 1 SERVICE NOTE
In this unit, about 10 seconds after power is supplied to the battery terminal using the regulated power supply (8.4V), the power is shut off so that the unit cannot operate. These following two methods are available to prevent this. Take note of which to use during repairs. Method 1. Use the AC power adaptor (AC-L10, AC-VQ800 etc.). Method 2. Connect the servicing remote commander RM-95 (J-6082-053-B) to the LANC jack, and set the commander switch to the ADJ side.
2.
1 2 3 4 5
TO TAKE OUT A CASSETTE WHEN NOT EJECT (FORCE EJECT)

Refer to 2-2 to remove the cabinet (R) block assembly. Refer to 2-3 to remove the lens (-EVF) block. Refer to 2-6 to remove the VC-284 board. Refer to 2-7 to remove the mechanism deck. Supply +4.5V from the DC power supply to the loading motor and unload with a pressing the cassette compartment.
DC power supply (+4.5Vdc)
: Unloading : Loading
Loading motor
1-1
DCR-PC101/PC101E
1-2. SELF-DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION

1. SELF-DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION 2. SELF-DIAGNOSIS DISPLAY
When problems occur while the unit is operating, the self-diagnosis function starts working, and displays on the viewfinder or LCD screen what to do. This function consists of two display; selfdiagnosis display and service mode display. Details of the self-diagnosis functions are provided in the Instruction manual.
Viewfinder or LCD screen
C:31:11
When problems occur while the unit is operating, the counter of the viewfinder or LCD screen consists of an alphabet and 4-digit numbers, which blinks at 3.2 Hz. This 5-character display indicates the repaired by:, block in which the problem occurred, and detailed code of the problem.
Blinks at 3.2Hz
C
Repaired by:
31
Block
11
Detailed Code
C : Corrected by customer H : Corrected by dealer E : Corrected by service engineer
Refer to 4. SELF-DIAGNOSIS CODE TABLE. Indicates the appropriate step to be taken. E.g. 31 ....Reload the tape. 32 ....Turn on power again.
3. 3-1.
SERVICE MODE DISPLAY Display Method
The service mode display shows the last self-diagnosis codes shown in the past.
While pressing the BACK LIGHT key, set the switch from OFF to VCR or PLAYER, and continue pressing the BACK LIGHT key for 5 seconds continuously. The service mode will be displayed, and the counter will show the backup No. and the 5-character self-diagnosis codes.
Viewfinder or LCD screen
[3] C : 3 1 : 1 1
Lights up
[3]
Backup No. Order of previous errors
C:31:11
Self-diagnosis Codes
3-2.
Backup No.
The backup No. in the [] indicates the order in which the problem occurred. (If the number of problems which occurred is less than 6, only the number of problems which occurred will be shown.) [1] : Occurred first time [4] : Occurred fourth time [2] : Occurred second time [5] : Occurred fifth time [3] : Occurred third time [6] : Occurred the last time
Note: Switching of the backup No. cant be done.
3-3.
End of Display
Turning OFF the power supply will end the service mode display.
Note: The self-diagnosis display data will not be erased (reset) when the lithium 3 V supply (NS-014 board BT001) is removed.
1-2
DCR-PC101/PC101E
4.
Repaired by:
SELF-DIAGNOSIS CODE TABLE

Self-diagnosis Code Block Detailed Function Code 0 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 6 4 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 0 1 0 0 0 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 3 4 4 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 3 4 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 2 3 4 0 0 2 0 1 0 1 2 3 4 0 0 2 0 0 Symptom/State Correction
C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C E E
Non-standard battery is used. Condensation. Video head is dirty. LOAD direction. Loading does not complete within specified time UNLOAD direction. Loading does not complete within specified time T reel side tape slacking when unloading. Winding S reel fault when counting the rest of tape. T reel fault. S reel fault. T reel fault. FG fault when starting capstan. FG fault when starting drum. FG fault during normal drum operations. LOAD direction loading motor timeout. UNLOAD direction loading motor time-out. T reel side tape slacking when unloading. Winding S reel fault when counting the rest of tape. T reel fault. S reel fault. T reel fault. FG fault when starting capstan. FG fault when starting drum FG fault during normal drum operations EEPROM data error Difficult to adjust focus (Cannot initialize focus.)
Use the info LITHIUM battery. Remove the cassette, and insert it again after one hour. Clean with the optional cleaning cassette. Load the tape again, and perform operations from the beginning. Load the tape again, and perform operations from the beginning. Load the tape again, and perform operations from the beginning. Load the tape again, and perform operations from the beginning. Load the tape again, and perform operations from the beginning. Load the tape again, and perform operations from the beginning. Load the tape again, and perform operations from the beginning. Load the tape again, and perform operations from the beginning. Load the tape again, and perform operations from the beginning. Load the tape again, and perform operations from the beginning. Remove the battery or power cable, connect, and perform operations from the beginning. Remove the battery or power cable, connect, and perform operations from the beginning. Remove the battery or power cable, connect, and perform operations from the beginning. Remove the battery or power cable, connect, and perform operations from the beginning. Remove the battery or power cable, connect, and perform operations from the beginning. Remove the battery or power cable, connect, and perform operations from the beginning. Remove the battery or power cable, connect, and perform operations from the beginning. Remove the battery or power cable, connect, and perform operations from the beginning. Remove the battery or power cable, connect, and perform operations from the beginning. Remove the battery or power cable, connect, and perform operations from the beginning. Initialize A, D page data (EEPROM data). Inspect the lens block focus MR (Pin ql, w; of CF-089 board CN102) when focusing is performed when the focus ring is rotated in the focus manual mode, and the focus motor drive circuit (IC1301 of VC-284 board) when the focusing is not performed. Inspect the lens block zoom MR (Pin 8, 0 of CF-089 board CN102) when zooming is performed when the zoom lens is operated and the zoom motor drive circuit (IC1301 of VC-284 board) when zooming is not performed. Inspect pitch angular velocity sensor (SE201 of CF-089 board) peripheral circuits. Inspect yaw angular velocity sensor (SE202 of CF-089 board) peripheral circuits.
Zoom operations fault (Cannot initialize zoom lens.) Steadyshot function does not work well. (With pitch angular velocity sensor output stopped.) Steadyshot function does not work well. (With yaw angular velocity sensor output stopped.)
1-3E
DCR-PC101/PC101E
COVER
SECTION 2 DISASSEMBLY
The following flow chart shows the disassembly procedure.
DCR-PC101/ PC101E
2-1. LCD CABINET (R) ASSEMBLY (Page 2-2)
LCD BLOCK SERVICE POSITION (Page 2-2)
2-2. CABINET (R) BLOCK ASSEMBLY (Page 2-3)
2-13. LCD SECTION (Page 2-9)
2-14. PD-116 BOARD (Page 2-10)
2-3. LENS (-EVF) BLOCK SECTION (Page 2-3)
2-6. VC-284 BOARD (Page 2-5)
2-4. LENS BLOCK (Page 2-4)
2-11. CABINET (BT) BLOCK (Page 2-8)
2-7. MECHANISM DECK (Page 2-5)
2-5. CF-089 BOARD (Page 2-4)
2-12. BJ-003 BOARD (Page 2-9)
2-15. FP-470 BOARD (Page 2-11)
2-8. CABINET (G) ASSEMBLY (Page 2-6)
2-9. CONTROL SWITCH BLOCK (FK-2850) (Page 2-7)
2-10. CONTROL SWITCH BLOCK (PS-2850) (Page 2-8)
SERVICE POSITION TO CHECK THE VTR SECTION (Page 2-13)
SERVICE POSITION TO CHECK THE CAMERA SECTION (Page 2-14)
2-1
DCR-PC101/PC101E
NOTE: Follow the disassembly procedure in the numerical order given.
2-1. LCD CABINET (R) ASSEMBLY

1 Two screws (M1.7)
3 LCD cabinet (R) assembly
2 Two claws
[LCD BLOCK SERVICE POSITION]
Adjustment remote commander (RM-95)
PD-166 board
CPC jig for LCD panel (J-6082-529-A)
Inverter transformer unit
AC IN
AC power adaptor
2-2
DCR-PC101/PC101E
2-2. CABINET (R) BLOCK ASSEMBLY
2 Microphone cover
1 Screw (M1.7)
When installing the battery lock, two claws are met and attached in a slot of the main frame assembly. Main frame assembly Battery lock
3 Two screws (M1.7 4) qs Compression spring 4 Two screw (M1.7) qa Battery lock
Cabinet (rear) Two claws
5 Two screw (M1.7)
8 Remove the cabinet (R) block assembly inthe direction of arrow. 9 Connector (BJ-003 board) (CN1003)
7 Slide the eject knob
Lens section
0 Cabinet (R) block assembly
6 Screw (M1.7) Bottom view
2-3. LENS (-EVF) BLOCK SECTION

5 Screw (M1.7) 7 Lens (-EVF) block section 2 Flexible board (control switch block (PS-2850)) (CN402)
6 Screw (M1.7 4)
4 Two screws (M1.7) 1 Flexible board (NS-014 board) (CN104)
3 Two connectors (CN1010, CN404)
2-3
DCR-PC101/PC101E
2-4. LENS BLOCK
3 Shoe frame
1 Two claws
2 Claw 6 Screw (M1.7) 9 Lens block A 7 Screw (M1.7) 4 Slide the VF lens assembly in the dirrection of arrow A.
5 Screw (M1.7 4)
2-5. CF-089 BOARD
2 Screw (M1.7) 1 MF-326 board (CN103)
0 CD frame assembly 9 Two screws (M1.7 5) 8 Screw (M1.7 4)
6 Two screws (M1.7)
4 CF-089 board (upper) (CN102) qa CF-089 board (CCD block) qs Seal rubber (W) qd Optical filter block 5 Lens flexible board (CN102) 3 Claw
7 CF-089 board (rear)
2-4
DCR-PC101/PC101E
2-6. VC-284 BOARD
6 Flexible board (CN1007) 7 Flexible board (CN1901)
8 Flexible board (CN1004)
5 Flexible board (CN1008) 9 VC-284 board 2 Flexible board (CN1009)
1 Flexible board (CN1005)
4 Remove the VC-284 board in the direction of arrow. 3 Three screws (M1.7)
2-7. MECHANISM DECK
5 Open the cabinet (G) assembly.
2 Two screws (M1.4 1.5)
4 Slide the eject knob. 1 Heat insulating sheet
3 Two screws (M1.4 1.5)
6 Mechanism deck
2-5
DCR-PC101/PC101E
2-8. CABINET (G) ASSEMBLY
9 Open the jack cover qd Cabinet (G) assembly
1 Special screw (M2.6)
6 Screw (M1.7)
2 Sleeve (front) 3 Hold grip assembly 4 Sleeve (rear) 5 Two screws (M1.7) 0 Pull the bottom part of cabinet (G) assembly in the direction of arrow, and then remove the claw. qs Eject knob Charge lever Eject knob
7 Four screws (M1.7 4)
qa
8 Two screws (M1.7 4)
When install the eject knob, charge lever is made into the position of a figure. Note: Make sure to perform checking of operations after the installation.
2-6
DCR-PC101/PC101E
2-9. CONTROL SWITCH BLOCK (FK-2850)
6 Cabinet (L) 9 Control switch block (FK-2850) 5 Screw (M1.7 4) 1 Two screws (M1.7) 4 Reinforcement
2 Three screws (M1.7 4) 7 Boss
8 Memory stick connector
3 Chassis section
[NOTE FOR INSTALLATION OF CONTROL SWITCH BLOCK (FK-2850)]
Pass the cable of the flexible of control switch block through chassis block.
Pass FP-347 flexible board through chassis block. : Fold
: Fold
Memory stick connector block
Chassis block
2-7
DCR-PC101/PC101E
2-10. CONTROL SWITCH BLOCK (PS-2850)

1 Screw (M1.7)
4 Control switch block (PS-2850) 2 Cabinet (rear)
3 Screw (M1.7)
2-11. CABINET (BT) BLOCK
5 qs
9 Connector (CN007) qs Screw (M1.7) 5 Screw (M1.7)
8 FP-470 flexible board (CN007)
qg Cabinet (BT) block 7 Remove the BJ-003 board
qd DV fixed plate
3 Two screws (M1.7)
BJ-003 board
qf Screw (M1.7)
1 Screw (M1.7)
qa Screw (M1.7) 2 CPC lid 4 Two screws (M1.7 4)
DC-IN connector
6 Claw 0 Open the DC-IN lid
2-8
DCR-PC101/PC101E
2-12. BJ-003 BOARD
5 Screw (M1.7 4) 3 Connector (battery terminal board) (CN001) 7 BJ-003 board
2 Bottom flame section 8 Battery terminal board
0 BJ frame 6 Screw (M1.7)
4 Connector (battery terminal board) (CN002)
9 Screw (M1.7 4) qa Battery terminal board 1 Two screws (M1.7)
2-13. LCD SECTION

1 Two screws (M1.7)
3 LCD cabinet (R) assembly 4 Two screws (M1.7)
2 Two claws
9 LCD section
7 Connector (CN801)
6 Two claws
5 Two screws (M1.7) 8 LCD cabinet (L) assembly
2-9
DCR-PC101/PC101E
2-14. PD-166 BOARD

3 Panel protection sheet 2 Sheet (T)
1 Sheet (R)
qa Screw (M1.7) 4 Tape 8 Flexible board (LCD) (CN804) 5 Flexible board (panel (TP-1770)) (CN802) qd PD-166 board, inverter transformer block 0 Remove three solders
qs Back light unit
9 LCD unit
7 Panel spacer 6 Panel (TP-1770)
2-10
DCR-PC101/PC101E
2-15. FP-470 FLEXIBLE BOARD

NOTE FOR INSTALLATION
S4701 (Panel open)
5 Claw
qg FP-470 flexible board 3 Two screws (M1.7) 6 Blind plate assembly 0 Claw
qf Hinge cover (lower)
9 Screw (M1.7)
qs LCD hinge assembly qa
1 Two connector retainer sheet qd Claw
3 7 Three claws 2 Two screws (M1.7 4) 2
8 Hinge cover (upper)
3 2
2-11
DCR-PC101/PC101E
[POSITION TO INSTALL FP-470 BOARD WHEN INSTALLING LCD HINGE ASSEMBLY, BLIND PLATE ASSEMBLY]
Harness (PB-051) Blind plate assembly
[NOTE FOR INSTALLATION OF LCD HINGE BLOCK]

Hook this portion on the cabinet (R) to install the blind plate assembly. Blind plate assembly LCD hinge block
LCD hinge assembly
FP-470 flexible board

Cabinet (R)
[INSTALLATION OF FP-470 FLEXIBLE BOARD, HARNESS (PB-051)]
[POSITION OF CONNECTOR RETAINER SHEET]

Hinge block assembly
Harness (PB-051)
Harness (PB-051)
Connector retainer sheet BJ-003 board
2-12
DCR-PC101/PC101E
[SERVICE POSITION TO CHECK THE VTR SECTION]

Connection to Check the VTR Section
To check the VTR section, set the VTR to the Forced VTR power ON mode. (Or, connect the control switch block (PS-2850) to the CN402 of ME-020 board and set the power switch to the VIDEO position.) Operate the VTR function using the adjustment remote commander (with the HOLD switch set in the OFF position). Setting the Forced VTR Power ON mode 1) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 01. 2) Select page: D, address: 10, set data: 02 and press the PAUSE button of the adjustment remote commander. Exiting the Forced VTR Power ON mode 1) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 01. 2) Select page: D, address: 10, data: 00, and press the PAUSE button of the adjustment remote commander. 3) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 00.
When exiting the Forced VTR Power ON mode, connect the control switch block (PS-2850) to the CN402 of ME-020 board. Or, when ejecting the cassette, connect the control switch block (PS-1770) to the CN402 of ME-020 board. and press the EJECT switch. Adjustment remote commander (RM-95) Control switch block (PS-2850) (10P)
ME-020 board CPC-6 terminal board jig (J-6082-371-A) Mechanism deck CPC-6 flexible jig (J-6082-370-B)
VC-284 board Control switch block (FK-2850)
BJ-003 board
DC-IN connector AC IN AC power adaptor
2-13
DCR-PC101/PC101E
[SERVICE POSITION TO CHECK THE CAMERA SECTION]

Connection to Check the Camera Section
To check the camera section, set the camera to the Forced camera power ON mode. (Or, connect the control switch block (PS-2850) to the CN-402 of ME-020 board and set the power switch to the CAMERA position.) Operate the camera functions of the zoom and focus using the adjustment remote commander (with the HOLD switch set in the OFF position). Setting the Forced Camera Power ON mode 1) Select page: O, address: 01, and set data: 01. 2) Select page: D, address: 10, set data: 01 and press the PAUSE button of the adjustment remote commander. Exiting the Forced Camera Power ON mode 1) Select page: O, address: 01, and set data: 01. 2) Select page: D, address: 10, data: 00, and press the PAUSE button of the adjustment remote commander. 3) Select page : 0, address: 01, and set data: 00.
CPC-6 terminal board jig (J-6082-371-A) Control switch block (FK-2850)
When exiting the Forced Camera Power ON mode, connect the control switch block (PS-2850) to the CN402 of ME-020 board. CPC-6 flexible jig (J-6082-370-B) Adjustment remote commander (RM-95) Control switch block (PS-2850) (10P)
ME-020 board
VC-284 board BJ-003 board Seal rubber Lens block Optical filter block Two screws (M1.7 5)
DC-IN connector
Mechanism deck AC IN AC power adaptor
CF-089 board
2-14
DCR-PC101/PC101E
2-16. FLEXIBLE BOARDS LOCATION
Control switch block (FK-2850)
Control switch block (PS-2850)
FP-347
FP-470
2-15
DCR-PC101/PC101E
2-17. CIRCUIT BOARDS LOCATION

ME-020 CF-089 MF-326
VC-284
PD-166
NS-014 BJ-003
Board Name
Function
BJ-003 CF-089 ME-020 MF-326 NS-014 PD-166 VC-284
DC IN, DV/USB CONNECTOR CCD IMAGER MIC AMP, EVF, EVF BACK LIGHT, JACK MANUAL FOCUS SENSOR REMOTE COMMANDER RECEIVER LCD DRIVE, BACK LIGHT CAMERA PROCESSOR, LENS DRIVE, MPEG MOVIE/DIGITAL STILL PROCESS, DV INTERFACE, REC/PB AMP, USB INTERFACE, VIDEO IN/OUT, EVF DRIVE, MECHA DECK DRIVE, CAMERA/MECHA CONTROL, HI CONTROL AUDIO IN/OUT, DC/DC CONVERTER
2-16E
DCR-PC101/PC101E
COVER
3. BLOCK DIAGRAMS
Link
OVERALL BLOCK DIAGRAM (1/4) OVERALL BLOCK DIAGRAM (2/4) OVERALL BLOCK DIAGRAM (3/4) OVERALL BLOCK DIAGRAM (4/4) POWER BLOCK DIAGRAM (1/2) POWER BLOCK DIAGRAM (1/2)
DCR-PC101/PC101E
COVER
SECTION 3 BLOCK DIAGRAMS
3. BLOCK DIAGRAMS
3-1. OVERALL BLOCK DIAGRAM (1/4)

LENS BLOCK LENS
( ) : Number in parenthesis ( ) indicates the division number of schematic diagram where the component is located.
CF-089 BOARD (1/2)

CN101 (1/4) IC301 CCD IMAGER 1 - 4 10 - 12 8 CCD OUT 11 IC305 S/H 4 5 CCD OUT 83 83 85 85
VC-284 BOARD (1/4)

CN1010 (1/4) 97 96 AD0 - AD13 CLPOB 44 57 65 IC1601 CAMERA PROCESSOR (2/20) 1 3 169 170 173 175 4 7 8 10 133 137 140 142 145 146 149 154 102 109 114 118 121 SPCK VCK SPCK AFCK
IRIS (SHUTTER)
1 13 14
1 IC1502 30 12 31 47 AGC, A/D CONV. 48 20 (1/20) 44 45 16 19
177
IC1704 (4/20)
74 44 99 101 103 106 108 111 113 115
IYF Y0 - Y7
IYF Y0 - Y7
76 83 MPEG MOVIE PROCESS
VFI Y0 - Y7
SH SO, SH SCK
IYF C0 - C3
IYF C0 - C7 IFI HD, IFI VD, IFI OE
65 72 84 86
91 93 95 97 117 119 87 88 120 123 61 62 59 47 48 11 14 16 18 20 22 27 34 2 9 25
VFI C0 - C3 VFI HD, VFI VD, VFI OE
SHP, SHD, CLPDM
71 71 73 73 84 84 65 67 68 70 77 79 80
CAM SI, CAM SO, CAM SCK
65 67 68 V1 - V4, RG, H1, H2 70 77 79 80
33 TIMING 9 GENERATOR 35 12 (1/20) 13 1 40 2 47 42 44 6 30 29 X1502 66MHz : PC101 54MHz : PC101E
16 17 22
IC1501
21 25 TG HD, TG VD, TG FLD
PBLK
CHCK
OSD HD, OSD VD COL 0 - 3
95 60 61 64 13 15 16
MDQ0 - MDQ15
CHARACTER GENERATOR
AUDIO
ADAI2 ADAO2 SFD BCK
CAM DD ON
MA0 - MA13
EXT STROBO XSYS RST
76 163 164
VSP SO, XVSP SCK
CN102 IRIS METER
CN101 (2/4) 17 17 18 18 23 23 24 24 29 29 30 30 35 35 36 36 45 45 46 46 37 37 38 38 41 41 42 42 25 25 26 26
CN1010 (2/4) 5 19 7 17
IC1301 (3/20) IRIS DRIVE ND FILTER DRIVE 13 14 15 16 IRIS PWM, IRIS EN 10 IC1304 11 ND PWM, FOCUS/ ND EN 8 ZOOM/ 9 IRIS/ FC PWM, ND FILTER FC EN 14 CONTROL 15 (3/20) ZM PWM, ZM EN 12 13 2 5 6
M
H
IYF Y0 - Y7
IYF C0 - C7
ADDRESS BUS
2 6 13 14 12 16 26 27 19 20 24 25 8 10
IRIS HALL
IFI HD, IFI VD, IFI OE
3 4
IRIS DRIVE
6 7
IC1801 EVR (1/20)
MDQ0 - MDQ15
153 156 158 160 162 170 128 133 137 144
D0 LK - D15 LK
DIGITAL STILL PROCESS
ND FILTER METER
M
H
ND DRIVE ND HALL
2 FOCUS MOTOR 9 23 10 DRIVE 4 ZOOM MOTOR 11 DRIVE 21 12
DATA BUS
MA0 - MA13
A16 LK - A23 LK DSCK
OVERALL (2/4) (PAGE 3-3)
18 FOCUS MOTOR
SPCK 20 26 29 35
M
MR
FOCUS
IRIS HALL 44 45 ND HALL F MR A, B Z MR A, B 36 37 60 61 52 53
26 HALL AD 41 27 ND HALL 40
IC1701 64M bit SDRAM (4/20)
F MR A, B
MA0 - MA13
ZOOM MOTOR
M
MR
ZOOM
MDQ0 - MDQ15
Z MR A, B
24578 10 11 13 42 44 45 47 48 50 51 53
NIGHT SHOT FILTER DET.
17
NT SHOT
50 50
XNS SW
41 IC2501 (1/2) CAMERA CONTROL (15/20) 130
128 136
HALL AD ND HALL
CAM SI, CAM SO, CAM SCK
IYF Y0 - Y7
IYF Y0 - Y7
SE202 YAW SENSOR 12 IC201 YAW/PITCH SENSOR AMP 8 2 18
4 4
SH SO, SH SCK
CN101 (3/4) YS OUT
CN1010 (3/4)
75 77 78
MF-326 BOARD
PH730, 731 CN103 MANUAL FOCUS SENSOR 3 4
SE201 PITCH SENSOR
34 31 68 2
AFCK SPCK
PS OUT
3 3
129
44 45 1 X2501 20MHz
IC2001 IYF Y0 - Y7 52 59 42 49 36 38 VIDEO A/D CONV. (11/20)
Y IN
MF A, B
53 53 55 55
210 211
3 IYF C0 - C7 135 IFI HD, IFI VD, IFI OE
34
C IN SPCK

05
ZOOM VR AD CAM DD ON EXT STROBO XSYS RST
36 38
VD SO, VD SI, VD SCK
3-1
3-2
DCR-PC101/PC101E
COVER
3. BLOCK DIAGRAMS
VC-284 BOARD (2/4)

RECCK RECDT 29 32 34 37 42 45 47 79 CN1003 (1/3) 6 9 TPA, TPB 19 19 22 22
BJ-003 BOARD (1/3)

CN005 (1/3) TPA, TPB CN003 (DV)
PD-166 BOARD (1/2)

PANEL B PANEL G PANEL R 46 47 48 IC801 LCD DRIVER (1/2) 24 22 20 12 27
99 97 83 88 81 167 79 170 179 152 153 156 159 161 IC2101 DV SIGNAL PROCESS (7/20)
138 139
X2101 24.576MHz
CN804 B 3 G 5 R 4 COM PSIG 23 6
LCD901
MC BUS (8)
IC2102 DV I/F (8/20)
ADDT 0 - 5 PBCK SWP
142 145 48 141 PANEL B PANEL R PANEL G
IC802 42 1 TIMING 45 48 GENERATOR 46 (1/2) 14 18 20 24 2 8 9 4 VD SO, VD SCK, XTG SO 39 40
2.5 INCH LCD UNIT
LBUS 0 - 3
ATF ERR MC BUS (10) FRRV, TRRV, TRRT
TRCK LCK
CN007 (1/2) PANEL B PANEL G PANEL R PANEL XHD, PANEL XVD 83 83 84 84 85 85 67 67 69 69 72 72 74 74 PANEL B PANEL G PANEL R PANEL XHD, PANEL XVD 1 2 3 13 12 10 8 1 2 3 13 12 10 8 4 6 2 1
CN801 (1/2)
RGT, HCK1, HCK2, HST, WIDE, DWN, EN, VCK, VST
71 73 75 105 106 63 65 67 55 59 200 202 204 206 208 212 214 216 24 68 18 22 24
2 7 9 12 13 19 22
BL ON Q901, 902 VD SO, VD SCK CN803 HSY PSIG COM VG PWM LED ON/OFF PANEL 4.6V UNREG
ND901 (BACK LIGHT) INVERTER TRANSFORMER UNIT BACK LIGHT DRIVE
PANEL XHD, PANEL XVD EVF B EVF R EVF G Y OUT C OUT
VD SO, VD SCK
VD SO, VD SCK
VSP SO, VSP SI, XVSP SCK
VFI Y0 - Y7
199 201 203 205 207 211 213 215 13 57 17 21 23 183 184 190 191 194 195 135 134 127
PANEL XHD, PANEL XVD
SPCK AFCK
48 196
CN1006 (1/3) EVF VCO 5 CPC EVF VG 4 (FOR CHECK)
CPC (FOR CHECK)
D901 (STARTER)
VFO Y0 - Y7
ME-020 BOARD (1/4)

CN1001 (1/4) EVF B EVF G EVF R 2 IC4202 VD SO, VD SCK, XTG SO 39 40 46 47 48 IC4201 LCD DRIVER (13/20) 24 22 20 14 35 82 82 83 83 81 81 84 69 78 CN404 (1/4) B G R CN502 13 15 14 16 3 12 LCD903
VFI C0 - C3 VFI HD, VFI VD, VFI OE
VFIO C4 - C7
OSD HD, OSD VD COL 0 - 3 ADAI2 ADAO2 SFD BCK
133 132 127
DATA TO SFD DATA FROM SFD SFD FCK X2301 48MHz 33 41
42 1 TIMING 45 48 GENERATOR 46 (13/20) 14 18 20 24 8
COM 84 VST, EVF VCK, STB, EN, DWN, 69 RGT, HST, HCK2, HCK1, BLK 78 IC501 (2/2) Q501, 503
COLOR EVF UNIT
LED DA LED ON/OFF
D501, 502 (BACK LIGHT)
64 64 63 63
BACK LIGHT DRIVE
VD SO, VD SCK
5
OVERALL (3/4) (PAGE 3-5) CONTROL SWITCH BLOCK (FK-2850) (1/3)
CN1004 (1/3) 20 17 Y C J602 S VIDEO
IC2301 USB I/F (10/20) 31
VD SO, VD SCK
25
VSP SO, XVSP SCK
65 82 63
IYF Y0 - Y7
8 - 12 15 - 17 67 139 140 18 20 21 24578 10 11 13 42 44 45 47 48 50 51 53 20 - 26 29 - 35
47 48 51 - 54 57 58 43 46 27 28 42 66 56 79 78
9 10 VFO Y0 - Y7 Y OUT C OUT 46 7 IC4101 VIDEO IN/OUT (12/20) 22 14 18 39 48 42 S Y I/O S C I/O VIDEO I/O
VFIO C4 - C7 VFO HD, VFO VD, VFO OE Y IN C IN IC2302 8 11 AUDIO A/D CONV. (10/20) 3 2 36 34
D0 LK - D15 LK
D0 LK - D15 LK
IC3001 16M bit SDRAM (6/20)
ASDATA MCLK
L IN R IN REC OUT L REC OUT R PB IN L PB IN R
14 15 62 63 IC4301 25 23 19 17 AUDIO IN/OUT (17/20) 54 55 53 51 CN1001 (2/4) Q4303, 4304 IC4302 DATA TO SFD DATA FROM SFD SFD BCK 3 2
VSP SO, VSP SCK
ME-020 BOARD (2/4)

CN404 (2/4) VIDEO I/O 40 40 AU LINE I/O L 39 39 AU LINE I/O R 38 38
USB D X2901 48MHz
A1 LK - A14 LK
J401 AUDIO/VIDEO
DATA BUS
A16 LK - A23 LK
D0 LK - D15 LK A1 LK - A20 LK
ADDRESS BUS
29 - 36 38 - 45 1-9 16 - 25 48
IC3002 16M bit FLASH MEMORY (6/20)
IC2905 (1/2) DIGITAL STILL CONTROL (5/20) 39 41 - 45 47 49 51 52 54 56 - 60 62 - 64 66 68 - 70 72 73 75 76 78 79 81 83 - 88 90 92 93 187 213 215
IC2904 XTAL OSC (5/20) 187 239 238
3 4 CN1003 (2/3) USB D 25 25 26 26
8 AUDIO 9 A/D CONV. 12 D/A CONV. 15 (17/20) 16
BJ-003 BOARD (2/3)

CN005 (2/3) USB D CN004 (USB) STEREO
ME-020 BOARD (3/4)

MIC901 MIC UNIT R L CN401 INT MIC R 3 INT MIC L 5 EXT MIC R EXT MIC L 1 35 CN404 CN1001 (3/4) (3/4) MIC R 49 49 MIC L 50 50
D0 LK - D15 LK
CONTROL SWITCH BLOCK (FK-2850) (2/3)

49 46 CN1004 (2/3) 2 64 8 10 HP R OUT HP L OUT 10 12 7 8 HP R OUT HP L OUT
J601 (HEAD PHONE)
IC4401 14 22
A1 LK - A20 LK
CN1005 MS DIO, MS BS, MS SCLK 3 5 6 MEMORY STICK
DSCK Y IN C IN 05
J402 MIC (PLUG IN POWER)
3 MIC AMP (1/2) 33 36 40
SP
SP
INTELLIGENT ACCESSORY SHOE (1/2)
SHOE MIC L
SP601 SPEAKER
3-3
3-4
DCR-PC101/PC101E
COVER
3. BLOCK DIAGRAMS
VC-284 BOARD (3/4)

CN1006 (2/3) RF MON 20 CPC SWP (FOR CHECK) 17 RECCK RECDT RECCK RECDT 40 42 IC1902 REC/PB AMP (9/20) 34 42 PBYOUT 27 6 7 1 2 ODD EVEN
J MECHA DECK
CN1901 5 6 2 3
DRUM
ADDT 0 - 5 PBCK
ADDT 0 - 5 PBCK VSP SO, XVSP SCK
15 20 13 22 24
IC1901 EQ, A/D CONV., PLL (9/20) 31
SWP
SWP
4
VSP SO, XVSP SCK 36 38 IC2401 (1/2) (14/20) CN1009 111 32 33 45 52 84 178 179 67 69 70 IC2501 (2/2) MECHA CONTROL (15/20) 89 88 CAP PWM DRUM PWM 41 44 164 190 CAP FG 4 CAPSTAN FG AMP 7 8 FG 1, 2 22 25 1 4 11 14 17 20 CN1007 DRUM MOTOR DRIVE 63 65 68 DRUM U, V, W 1 6 M902 CAPSTAN FG CAPSTAN MOTOR 35 SPCK
ATF ERR
MC BUS (10)
165 166 IC2401 (2/2) (14/20) (RABI) LPF LPF 43 45
CAP ON, CAP FWD Q4505, 4516 UNREG1 CAP ERROR DRUM ERROR IC4501 (1/2) PWM DRIVE (18/20) 26 27 24 25 SWITCHING Q4506, 4517 DRUM VS SWITCHING CAP VS
1 80 75 77
FRRV, TRRV, TRRT
CAPSTAN MOTOR DRIVE
74 76 78
CAP U, V, W
72 78
M901 DRUM MOTOR
UNREG1 IC2502 EEPROM (15/20) 2 4 197
64 67
DRUM FG
53
DRUM FG AMP DRUM PG AMP LODING MOTOR DRIVE
52
DRUM FG SENS
DRUM FG
198
DRUM PG
50
49
DRUM PG SENS CN1008
10 24 27 7 8 4 5
DRUM PG M903 LOADING MOTOR
VSP SO, XVSP SCK
5
VD SO, VD SCK 80 82 83
13 15
LOAD, UNLOAD
32 33
69 72 26 27 22 23
LM
M
H902 T REEL SENSOR
192
TREEL FG SREEL FG
29 25 REEL FG AMP
T REEL S REEL
VD SO, VD SI, VD SCK SPCK
193
H901 S REEL SENSOR
196
TAPE END
21
TAPE END DETECT TAPE TOP DETECT
20
TAPE END C
195
TAPE TOP
19
20
TAPE TOP C
Q901 TAPE END SENSOR Q902TAPE TOP SENSOR
D901 TAPE LED
180 119
TAPE LED ON DEW AD
16 23 DEW SENSOR S902 MODE SWITCH
HI SO, HI SI, XHI SCK
63 65 66
106 108
MODE SW A - C
19 21
6
REC PROOF REC PROOF CHIME SDA, CHIME SCK XCC DOWN 13 11 12 17 CC DOWN S901 CN901 CASSETTE MEMORY S903
05
3-5
3-6
DCR-PC101/PC101E
COVER
CONTROL SWITCH BLOCK (FK-2850) (3/3)
S608 BACK LIGHT S607 DISPLAY/TOUCH PANEL S604 COLOR SLOW S SUPER NS S605 (AF/MF) S606 (INFINITY) S601 RESET PHOTO S602 (PHOTO FREEZE) W RV601 (ZOOM)
3. BLOCK DIAGRAMS
VC-284 BOARD (3/4)

T 2 CN1004 (3/3) ZOOM VR AD ZOOM VR AD XSYS RST EXT STROBO CAM DD ON
S603 (PHOTO REC) 5 4 KEY AD0 PHOTO FREEZE 59 6 5 28 24 HI XRESET CN1006 (3/3) HI XRESET XINIT 73 IC3101 HI CONTROL (16/20) 47 29 51 52 23 25 185 190 191 199 201 IC2905 (2/2) HI CONTROL (5/20) CN1001 (4/4) SIRCS SIG Q1006, 1009 D702, 703 (NIGHT SHOT) 4 62 62 NS LED K NS LED DRIVE D2702 BT001 LITHIUM BATTERY 1 2 54 54 56 56 BATT LI 3V D2701 VTR UNREG BATT UNREG D2704 IC2702 INITIAL RESET, BACK UP VCC (20/20) 11 11 39 40 LANC IN, LANC OUT 10 12 IC2703 LANC DRIVER (20/20) SHOE ID 1, 2 SHOE CONT AD 11 LANC SIG 31 31 7 13 INTELLIGENT ACCESSORY SHOE (2/2) 7 VIN 2 PREEND 3 VBAT RESET VRO VOUT CS 5 8 6 4 35 EVER 3.0V VOUT BATT IN 205 207 41 IR ON SIRCS PWM EEP TXD3, EEP RXD3, EEP SCK3 IC2906 EEPROM (5/20) HI SO, HI SI, XHI SCK X3101 10MHz X3102 32.768kHz XCC DOWN
FOCUS (INFINITY)
30
37 160 162
REC PROOF
CHIME SDA, CHIME SCK
CPC (FOR CHECK)
16 9
TXD0, RXD0, SCK0
NS-014 BOARD
IC701 REMOTE COMMANDER RECEIVER 4 8
CF-089 BOARD (2/2)

CN104 CN101 (4/4) 52 52
2 5 6
45
VTR DD ON CAM DD ON 168 221 223 CN1001 (4/4) HS TXD, HS RXD, HS SCK 8 8 10 10 12 12
ME-020 BOARD (4/4)

CN404 (4/4) HS TXD, HS RXD, HS SCK 8 10 12
31
FAST CHARGE 37 INIT CHARGE ON 38
PD-166 BOARD (2/2)

CN802 TA901 TOUCH PANEL 2 3 5 6 CN801 (2/2) 15 18 15 18
BJ-003 BOARD (3/3)

CN007 (2/2) CN005 (3/3) 65 66 68 70 65 66 68 70 CN1003 (3/3)
Q1002 - 1004 TOUCH PANEL I/F Q3101 BATTERY CHARGE DETECTOR
TP TOP, TP BOT, TP L, TP R
34 48 71 72 43 42 74
57 58 69
7 7 9 9 13 13
9 11 4
FP-470 FLEXIBLE BOARD

S4702 (PANEL REVERSE) S4701 (PANEL OPEN) CN006 3 5 KEY AD1 KEY AD2 3 3 5 5 KEY AD1 KEY AD2
CONTROL SWITCH BLOCK (PS-2850)

CN402 4 3 X EJECT SW XS/S SW 28 28 30 30 8 10 S4602 (EJECT) S4601 (START/STOP) VCR 27 27 26 26 34 34 4 OFF (CHARGE) 2 7 XCAM MODE SW XPHOTO STBY SW 5 6 S4603 POWER MT 4.9V D 2.8V D 3.1V D 1.5V D 1.9V A 2.8V GANDHI 1.5V A 4.6V CAM 15V CAM 7.5V SW 15V RP 4.6V RP 2.8V AU 2.8V PANEL/EVF 2.8V PANEL/EVF 13.5V PANEL/EVF 4.6V CAMERA MEMORY
60 61
XVTR MODE SW
CN001 BT901 BATTERY TERMINAL
+
S
1 2 3 Q001, 002 Q003, 004
62 62 61 61 29 29 31 31 30 32 34 36 30 32 34 36
BATT UNREG BATT SIG FAST CHARGE INIT CHARGE ON
BATT UNREG VTR UNREG
CN002 J901 DC IN 1 2 3
IC4501 (2/2) VTR UNREG DC/DC CONTROL (18/20) BATT XEXT PRT HEAD UNREG, SHOE PRT UNREG, UNREG1, UNREG2 VTR DD ON CAM DD ON
J403 LANC
59 59 2 16 38 56 2 16 38 56
P UNREG
05
3-7
3-8
DCR-PC101/PC101E
COVER
3-5. POWER BLOCK DIAGRAM (1/2)
BJ-003 BOARD (1/2)
CN005 (1/2) 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 38 40 42 44 46 48 50 52 54 56 30 32 34 36 2 4 6 8
3. BLOCK DIAGRAMS
VC-284 BOARD (1/2)

CN1010 (1/2) PRT HEAD UNREG F005 F007 Q4502 - 4504, 4513, 4514, 4523 PRT UNREG
POWER (2/2) (PAGE 3-12)
P UNREG
F006
10 12 SHOE HEAD UNREG 14 16 38 40 UNREG1 42 44 46 48 50 52 UNREG2 54 56
SHOE UNREG D 2.8V VTR UNREG UNREG1 UNREG2 VTR UNREG
VTR UNREG
F002 D005 CHARGE F003
SHOE ON
IC4501 DC/DC CONTROL (18/20) 16 Vcc(O)-2 20 Vcc(O)-3 42 Vcc(O)-1 Q4505, 4516 SWITCHING L4503 CAP VS
1 J901 DC IN 2 3
CN002 ACV UNREG ACV GND BATT XEXT Q001, 002
F004
F001
30 32 VTR UNREG 34 36 BATT UNREG 62 62 D2704 29 29 31 31 FAST CHARGE INIT CHARGE ON D2701
OUT7-P 26 OUT7-N 27 VIN-7 51
Q4506, 4517 SWITCHING
L4504
DRUM VS
OUT8-P 24 OUT8-N 25 VIN-8 49
Q4509, 4520 SWITCHING
L4507
L4510
MT 4.9V
BT901 BATTERY TERMINAL
+
S
CN001 BATT UNREG
Q003, 004 CHARGE CONTROL
IC2703 LANC DRIVER (20/20) OUT6-P 28 OUT6-N 29 VIN-6 50 L4501 Q2701 47 RST 56 Vdd 75 GCTL Vdd(O)-3 19 Vdd(O)-1 41 Q4515 SWITCHING L4517 L4530
EVER 3.0V
L4528 Q4524 - 4526 13.5V REG
CAM 15V
BATT SIG
59 59 61 61
BATT/XEXT BATT SIG
D4501
PANEL/EVF 13.5V PANEL/EVF 2.8V RP 2.8V A 2.8V D 2.8V AU 2.8V L4513 D 1.9V D 1.5V IC1704 1.5V IC1601 1.5V
POWER (2/2) (PAGE 3-11)
BATT GND
OUT9-N 23 IN9 80 IN(S)9 1
L4524 Q4510, 4521 SWITCHING L4521 L4508 L4519
IC2702
CF-089 BOARD (1/2) NS-014 BOARD (1/2)

BT001 LITHIUM BATTERY 9 10 CN104 (1/2) CN101 (1/2) 54 54 56 56 CN1010 (1/2) BATT LI 3V
INITIAL RESET, BACK UP VCC (20/20) 7 VIN VRO 8
OUT4-P 30 OUT4-N 31 VIN-4 53
IC4503 Q4508, 4519 SWITCHING L4506 1.9V REG (18/20) 5 Vin Vout 4
FB2701 3 VBAT VOUT 6 2 PREEND D2702
L4512 L4516
OUT1-P 36 OUT1-N 37 VIN-1 55

VOUT
L4529 Q4512, 4522 SWITCHING L4520
BATT UNREG VTR UNREG D 2.8V
L4509
L4522
RP 4.6V A 4.6V AU 4.6V PANEL/EVF 4.6V L4511 2 Vin Vout 3 L4527 D 3.1V
IC3101 HI CONTROL (16/20) 46 XLANC ON
OUT5-P 38 OUT5-N 39 VIN-5 52
L4518 L4526 IC4502 Q4515 D4502 3.1V REG (18/20)
56 VTR DD SENS 55 ACV SENS 54 BATT SENS FAST CHARGE INIT CHARGE ON BATT/EXT Q3101 BATT SIG BATTERY CHARGE DETECTOR 43 IB SI 42 IB SO VTR DD ON XCS DD HI EVER SO HI EVER SCK 35 49 20 21 FB10 2 VTR DD ON XCS DD HI EVER SO HI EVER SCK SHOE ON 57 44 45 46 CTL LD DIN CLK 37 FAST CHARGE 38 INIT CHARGE 74 BATT/XEXT OUT10-P 22 IN10 3 IN(A)10 4 IN(S)10 10
SWITCHING L4502 Q1501, 1502
CAM 7.5V
SW 15V Q4501 CAMERA DD DETECT Q4527 EMERGENCY DETECT
CAM DD ON
RT 7 CT 6
SHOE ON 17 05
3-9
3-10
DCR-PC101/PC101E
COVER
3-6. POWER BLOCK DIAGRAM (2/2)
VC-284 BOARD (2/2)
3. BLOCK DIAGRAMS
ME-020 BOARD
CN1001 PRT UNREG SHOE UNREG PANEL/EVF 13.5V PANEL/EVF 4.6V PANEL/EVF 2.8V AU 4.6V AU 2.8V IC4301 L1901 IC1901 EQ, A/D CONV., PLL (9/20) Q4301 L4301 FB4301 AUDIO IN/OUT (17/20) IC4302 L4302 AUDIO A/D CONV. D/A CONV. (17/20) L4203 SHOE/PRT UNREG PRT HEAD UNREG 4 6 1 3 4 6 1 3 CN404 PRT HEAD UNREG SHOE/PRT UNREG 14 15 INTELLIGENT ACCESSORY SHOE
CN502 L4201 IC4201 LCD DRIVER (13/20) EVF VCC PANEL/EVF 4.6V 67 67 65 65 66 66 L4401 EVF VCC PANEL/EVF 4.6V 18
LCD903 COLOR EVF UNIT
FB4201
IC4202 TIMING GENERATOR (13/20)
AU 2.8V
43 43 44 44
IC4401 MIC AMP (1/2)
RP 4.6V RP 2.8V L1902
L1903
IC1902 REC/PB AMP (9/20) L2105 FB2103 IC2102 DV I/F (8/20) L2002 FB2101 FB2102 IC3001 16M bit SDRAM (6/20) L2103 L2104 IC2101 DV SIGNAL PROCESS (7/20) FB2001 L2301
IC2302 AUDIO A/D CONV. (10/20) CN1003 (2/2) PANEL/EVF 13.5V PANEL/EVF 2.8V PANEL/EVF 4.6V 78 78 80 80 77 77 79 79 75 75
BJ-003 BOARD (2/2)

CN005 (2/2) CN007 6 5 7 6
PD-166 BOARD
L803 CN801 L801 5 7 L802 IC802 TG14 14 TIMING BL ON GENERATOR 4 (1/2) ND901 (BACK LIGHT) INVERTER TRANSFORMER UNIT BACK LIGHT DRIVE IC801 LCD DRIVER (1/2) Q804, 806 CN804 18 2.5 INCH LCD UNIT LCD901
FB1901 D 1.9V
IC2001 VIDEO A/D CONV. (11/20)
IC2502 EEPROM (15/20)
IC3002
L902 P UNREG L901 19 19 Q901, 902
POWER (1/2) (PAGE 3-10)
FB3001
16M bit FLASH MEMORY (6/20) D 1.5V D 2.8V A 2.8V
IC2501 FB2501 CAMERA/ MECHA CONTROL (15/20) XREEL HALL ON XREEL HALL ON 153 MF LED MF LED 142
FB2502, 2503 IC2401 DRUM/CAPSTAN/ LOADING DRIVE (14/20) L2105
VTR UNREG CAP VS DRUM VS
P UNREG
POWER (1/2) (PAGE 3-9)
J MECHA DECK
CN1008 D 2.8V MT 4.9V Q2401 H902 T REEL SENSOR 9 HALL VCC H901 S REEL SENSOR
D 2.8V MT 4.9V
D 1.5V D 2.8V A 2.8V
FB1604 FB1601 FB1602 IC1601 CAMERA PROCESSOR (2/20) FB1301
L1302
IC1301 FOCUS/ZOOM/ IRIS/ND FILTER DRIVE (3/20) Q2702, 2705, 2706 IC1304 FOCUS/ZOOM/ IRIS/ND FILTER CONTROL (3/20)
IC1601 1.5V FB2303 FB2302 FB2301 IC2301 USB I/F (10/20)
D 2.8V D 1.5V D 3.1V A 2.8V A 4.6V SW15V CAM 7.5V CAM15V IC1704 1.5V CAM DD ON L1701 FB1701 FB1702
L1601
15
TAPE LED A CN901
D901 TAPE LED
L1001 10
CHIME VDD
CASSETTE MEMORY
A 2.8V A 4.6 SW15V CAM 7.5V D 2.8V L4101 L4102 IC1704 MPEG MOVIE/ DIGITAL STILL PROCESS (4/20) FB4101 IC4101 VIDEO IN/OUT (12/20) IC1503 2 Vi Vo 3 3.4V REG (1/20)
L1303
CHIME PWR CONT
CN1010 (2/2) 51 51 12 12 14 14 MT 4.9V 11 11 13 13 60 60 7 7 8 8 61 61 63 63 64 64 66 66 6 6 8 8
CF-089 BOARD (2/2)

CN101 (2/2) MF LED CN103 D 2.8V MT 4.9V NS LED A MRS VCC CN104 (2/2) TALLY LED A IC301 FB301 CCD IMAGER L102 Q101 MF VCC 1 2
MF-326 BOARD
PH730, 731 MANUAL FOCUS SENSOR
FB1505 D 2.8V FB1506 IC1501 TIMING GENERATOR (1/20) MRS VCC
FB1507
NS-014 BOARD (2/2)

L301 6 IC701 4 REMOTE COMMANDER RECEIVER D702, 703 (NIGHT SHOT) LENS BLOCK CN102 F MR VCC FOCUS MR ZOOM MR D701 (REC)
CONTROL SWITCH BLOCK (FK2850)

D601 (MS ACCESS) RV601 T (ZOOM) W 3 15 CN1004 D 2.8V
D 2.8V
FB1504 IC1701 16M bit SDRAM (4/20) FB2902
IC1504 OSC CONTROL (1/20) L1501 FB1503 IC1502 AGC, A/D CONV. (1/20) SW 15V CAM 7.5V A 2.8V
SW 15V CAM 7.5V A 2.8V
NS 4.9V
D 2.8V
L302 D 1.5V L2901 FB2902 CAM DD ON MEMORY STICK CN1005 MS VCC Q1005, 1006 FB1001 MS VCC ON 05 FB2904 CHIME PWR CONT 31 23 MS VCC ON IC2905 HI CONTROL, DIGITAL STILL CONTROL (5/20) 168 CAM DD ON IC2903 BUFFER (5/20) IC2904 XTAL OSC (5/20) IC2906 EEPROM (5/20) L1801 IC1801 EVR (1/20) L201
IC305 S/H NS LED A 8
CPC (FOR CHECK)
D 3.1V
CN1006 D 2.8V
IC201 YAW/PITCH SENSOR AMP
SE201 PITCH SENSOR SE202 YAW SENSOR
21
Z MR VCC
3-11
3-12E
L E H
COVER
4-1. FRAME SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
05
1 2 3 LM_UNLOAD LM_UNLOAD
M901 DRUM MOTOR
LM_LOAD LM_LOAD
4 5 6 7 8 9 10 SW_COM/SW_GND MODE C MODE B MODE A DEWDEW+
VIDEO HEAD (ODD, EVEN)
MD (J-MECHANISM)
DEW SENSOR
M902 CAPSTAN MOTOR M903 CAPSTAN MOTOR 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 9 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 10 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
1 2 3 FRAME SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM (1/2)
27 FG GND GND GND GND PG XSDL YSDL XODD YODD DEWDEW+ XEVEN YEVEN TREELSREELTREEL+ SREEL+ CN1901 M_COM CN1007 CN1009 CN1008 FG2 FG1 N.C. VHEUHEVHE+ UHE+ WHEWHE+ CAP_V CAP_V CAP_V CAP_V CAP_U CAP_U CAP_U CAP_U CAP_W CAP_W CAP_W CAP_W FG_VCC FG_VCC HE_VCC DRUM_V DRUM_V DRUM_U DRUM_U DRUM_W DRUM_W LM_LOAD LM_LOAD TAPE_TOP TAPE_END HALL_VCC HALL_GND CHIME_SCK CHIME_SDA CHIME_VDD FG/PG_COM TAPE_LED_K TAPE_LED_A LM_UNLOAD LM_UNLOAD XREC_PROOF TOP/END_GND XMODE_SW_A XMODE_SW_B XMODE_SW_C XCCDOWN_SW MIC/REC_SW_GND SW_COM/SW_GND FG_GND 10P 10P 27P 27P FG_GND HE_GND
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
CAP MOTOR
16
15
1 3 5
88P
SHOE_MT_GND PRT_HEAD_UNREG 2 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41 43 45 47 49 51 53 55 57 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 50 52 54 56 58 60 62 64 66 68 70 72 74 76 78 80 82 84 86 88 84 86 88 82 80 78 76 GND PANEL/EVF_13.5V PANEL/EVF_13.5V GND PANEL_G GND NC 74 VD_SCK 72 VD_SO 70 TP_R 68 TP_L 66 TP_TOP 64 KEY_AD2 62 BATT_UNREG 60 GND 58 GND 56 UNREG2 GND GND BATT_XEXT BATT_SIG KEY_AD1 TP_BOT PANEL_XHD PANEL_XVD XCS_LCD GND PANEL/EVF_4.6V PANEL/EVF_2.8V PANEL/EVF_2.8V GND PANEL_B PANEL_R GND 54 UNREG2 GND 52 UNREG2 GND 50 UNREG2 GND 48 UNREG2 GND 46 UNREG1 GND 44 UNREG1 GND 42 UNREG1 GND 40 UNREG1 GND 38 UNREG1 GND 36 VTR_UNREG GND 34 VTR_UNREG CHARGE_LED_ON 32 VTR_UNREG INIT_CHARGE_ON 30 VTR_UNREG FAST_CHARGE 28 GND USB_VCC 26 USB_DUSB_D+ 24 GND GND 22 NTPA NTPB 20 TPA TPB 18 GND GND 16 SHOE/PRT_UNREG SHOE_UNREG_GND 14 SHOE/PRT_UNREG SHOE_UNREG_GND 12 SHOE/PRT_UNREG SHOE_UNREG_GND 10 SHOE/PRT_UNREG SHOE_UNREG_GND 8 PRT_HEAD_UNREG SHOE_MT_GND 6 PRT_HEAD_UNREG SHOE_MT_GND 4 PRT_HEAD_UNREG SHOE_MT_GND 2 PRT_HEAD_UNREG PRT_HEAD_UNREG PRT_HEAD_UNREG SHOE/PRT_UNREG SHOE/PRT_UNREG SHOE/PRT_UNREG SHOE/PRT_UNREG GND TPA NTPA GND USB_DGND VTR_UNREG VTR_UNREG VTR_UNREG VTR_UNREG UNREG1 UNREG1 UNREG1 UNREG1 UNREG1 UNREG2 UNREG2 UNREG2 UNREG2 UNREG2 GND GND BATT_UNREG KEY_AD2 TP_TOP TP_L TP_R VD_SO VD_SCK GND PANEL/EVF_13.5V PANEL/EVF_13.5V GND PANEL_G GND NC SHOE_MT_GND SHOE_MT_GND SHOE_MT_GND SHOE_UNREG_GND SHOE_UNREG_GND SHOE_UNREG_GND SHOE_UNREG_GND GND TPB NTPB GND USB_D+ USB_VCC FAST_CHARGE INIT_CHARGE_ON CHARGE_LED_ON GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND BATT_XEXT BATT_SIG KEY_AD1 TP_BOT PANEL_XHD PANEL_XVD XCS_LCD GND PANEL/EVF_4.6V PANEL/EVF_2.8V PANEL/EVF_2.8V GND PANEL_B PANEL_R GND
14
13
12
11
10
LENS BLOCK
SENSOR
DRUM MOTOR
DRUM RF
CN1003
PRT_HEAD_UNREG SHOE_MT_GND
MF-326 BOARD
NS-014 BOARD
SECTION 4 PRINTED WIRING BOARDS AND SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
4-1
7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25
DC IN 1 2 3 4 5 BT901 BATTERY TERMINAL
CCD 1M (1/5")
10
27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41 43 45 47 49 51 53 55 57 59 61
J901
MF_B
MF_A
CN103
MF_VCC
MF_VCC
CN104
NS_4.9V
NS_GND
NS_GND
MF_GND
MF_GND
NS_LED_K
NS_LED_A
SIRCS_SIG
BATT_LI_3V
BATT_LI_3V
6P
10P
TALLY_LED_A
XF_TALLY_LED
CN102
27P I_BIAS+_P I_HALL-_P I_DRIVE-_P I_DRIVE+_P I_BIAS-_P I_HALL+_P 1 2 3 4
VC-284 BOARD (1/2)
CN001 CN002 3P 3P
5 6 59 Z_MR_VCC 61 Z_MR_A_P 63 65 67 69 71 73 75 77 79 81 NS_GND 18 83 F_MR_B_P 19 85 F_MR_A_P 20 87 F_MR_VCC TEMP_P F_MR/TEMP_GND ZOOM+_P ZOOM-_P FOCUS+_P FOCUS-_P 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 Z_MR_GND Z_MR_B_P ND_BIAS+_P ND_HALL-_P ND_DRIVE-_P ND_DRIVE+_P ND_BIAS-_P ND_HALL+_P NT_SHOT_P 8 9 10 11 12 7
BATT_UNREG
ACV_UNREG
BATT_XEXT
4-2. SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
BATT_GND BATT_SIG ACV_GND 2 1 3 2 1 3
63 65 67 69 71 73 75 77 79 81 83 85
88P CN005
13 14 15 16 17
CF-089 BOARD
10
87
11
(DV) CN101
1 3 5
88P
SE_GND PS_OUT SE_GND 7 9 11 MRS_VCC MRS_VCC MT_4.9V 13 15 17 MT_4.9V MR_GND IRIS_DRIVE+ 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 MR_GND IRIS_BIAS+ IRIS HALL+ Z MR A MR_GND ND_DRIVE+ MR_GND ND_BIAS+
SE_GND YS_OUT A_2.8V A_2.8V C_RESET D2.8V D2.8V MR_GND IRIS_DRIVEMR_GND IRIS_BIASIRIS HALLZ MR B MR_GND ND_DRIVEMR_GND ND_BIAS-
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34
2 4 6 8
SE_GND YS_OUT A_2.8V A_2.8V 10 C_RESET 12 D2.8V 14 D2.8V 16 MR_GND 18 IRIS_DRIVE20 MR_GND 22 IRIS_BIAS24 IRIS HALL26 Z MR B 28 MR_GND 30 ND_DRIVE32 MR_GND 34 ND_BIAS-
SE_GND PS_OUT SE_GND MRS_VCC MRS_VCC MT_4.9V MT_4.9V MR_GND IRIS_DRIVE+ MR_GND IRIS_BIAS+ IRIS HALL+ Z MR A MR_GND ND_DRIVE+ MR_GND ND_BIAS+
1 3 5 7 9 11
CN1010
88P
CN003 4P TPA
12
13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27
NTPA
TPB 2 (USB) CN004 VCC ID DD+ 3 2 4 1 3 4
4-3. PRINTED WIRING BOARDS
NTPB 1 GND 5
13
29 31 33 35 37 39 41 43 45 47 49 51 53 55 57 59 61 63 65 67 69 71 73 75 77
CN006
ND_HALL+ F MR A MR_GND ZOOM+ MR_GND FOCUS+ MR_GND TEMP_OUT MF_LED MF_A MF_B MF_GND MF_GND SW_15V SW_15V V1 V3 CD_GND SHP SHD CD_GND H1 79
TP_BOT TP_TOP TP_L VD_SCK VD_SO TP_R
ND_HALLF MR B MR_GND ZOOMMR_GND FOCUSMR_GND NT_SHOT SIRCS_SIG BATT_LI_3V BATT_LI_3V XF_TALLY_LED NS_LED_A NS_LED_K CAM_-7.5V CAM_-7.5V V2 V4 CD_GND CSUB VSUB CD_GND H2 81
20P 6P
36 38 40 42 44 46 48 50 52 54 56 58 60 62 64 66 68 70 72 74 76 78 RG CD_GND 83
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
36 ND_HALL38 F MR B 40 MR_GND 42 ZOOM44 MR_GND 46 FOCUS48 MR_GND 50 NT_SHOT 52 SIRCS_SIG 54 BATT_LI_3V 56 BATT_LI_3V 58 XF_TALLY_LED 60 NS_LED_A 62 NS_LED_K 64 CAM_-7.5V 66 CAM_-7.5V 68 V2 70 V4 72 CD_GND 74 CSUB 76 VSUB 78 CD_GND 80 CD_GND CCD_OUT+ CLPDM 82 84 80 RG 82 CD_GND 84 CLPDM
ND_HALL+ F MR A MR_GND ZOOM+ MR_GND FOCUS+ MR_GND TEMP_OUT MF_LED MF_A MF_B MF_GND MF_GND SW_15V SW_15V V1 V3 CD_GND SHP SHD CD_GND H1 H2 CD_GND CCD_OUT+
35 37 39 41 43
BJ-003 BOARD
14
45 47 49 51 53 55 57 59
4-2
PANEL_R PANEL_G PANEL_B 1 2 3
15
61 63 65 67 69 71 73 75
16
77 79 81 83
4 5 6 7 8 9 1 2 3 4 5 6 PANEL_XHD PANEL_XVD REG_GND REG_GND REG_GND P_UNREG REG_GND REG_GND REG_GND REG_GND XCS_LCD KEY_AD1 KEY_AD2
CN007
PANEL/EVF_13.5V PANEL/EVF_2.8V
PANEL/EVF_4.6V
P_UNREG_GND
85 87
CCD_OUTCD_GND
CD_GND CD_GND
86 88
86 CD_GND 88 CD_GND
CCD_OUTCD_GND
85 87
17
PB-051 HARNESS
CONTINUED ON PAGE 4-3
CONTINUED ON PAGE 4-3
18
DCR-PC101/PC101E
FRAME (1/2)
J E
05
FRAME (2/2)
CONTINUED ON PAGE 4-2 CONTINUED ON PAGE 4-2
COVER
PB-051 HARNESS
DCR-PC101/PC101E
FRAME SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM (2/2)
CN803 N.C. 51 GND MIC_L MIC_GND MIC_GND AU_2.8V GND VIDEO_I/O AU_LINE_I/O_R AV_GND 34 32 30 28 26 24 22 20 18 16 HS_HDS HS_SCK HS_RXD HS_TXD PRT_HEAD_UNREG PRT_HEAD_UNREG SHOE/PRT_UNREG 14 12 10 8 6 4 2 24 22 20 18 16 14 12 10 8 6 4 2 XPHOTO_STBY_SW LANC_GND XS/S_SW XEJECT_SW XCAM_MODE_SW PS_GND SHOE_UNREG_GND SHOE_UNREG_GND SHOE_MT_GND SHOE_MT_GND HS_HDS HS_SCK HS_RXD HS_TXD PRT_HEAD_UNREG PRT_HEAD_UNREG SHOE/PRT_UNREG 49 MIC_L MIC_GND 48 46 44 42 40 38 36 MIC_GND AU_2.8V 44 42 40 38 36 34 32 30 28 26 GND VIDEO_I/O AU_LINE_I/O_R AV_GND XPHOTO_STBY_SW LANC_GND XS/S_SW XEJECT_SW XCAM_MODE_SW PS_GND SHOE_UNREG_GND SHOE_UNREG_GND SHOE_MT_GND SHOE_MT_GND 46 48 47 45 43 41 39 37 35 33 EN 31 VCK 29 VST 27 COM 25 N.C. 23 21 19 17 15 13 11
7 6 5 4 3 2 1
20 CN801 TP_L TP_R VD_SO TP_TOP CN404 TP_BOT VD_SCK
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
87 GND GND GND G

88P
GND GND GND 85 83 81 79 77 75 73 71 69 67 65 63 61 GND GND GND ZOOM_MIC_CONT GND REG_GND MIC_R MIC_GND GND AU_2.8V GND AU_LINE_I/O_L AV_JACK_IN AV_GND LANC_DC LANC_SIG GND XVTR_MODE_SW XLANC_JACK_IN GND SHOE_UNREG_GND SHOE_UNREG_GND SHOE_MT_GND SHOE_MT_GND SHOE_CONT_AD EXT_STROBO HOTSHOE_ID2 HOTSHOE_ID1 PRT_HEAD_UNREG SHOE/PRT_UNREG SHOE/PRT_UNREG 59 57 55 53 51 49 87 GND COM 84 COM B GND BLK HCK2 RGT EN EVF_VCK LCD_GND PANEL/EVF_4.6V LED_DA BL_GND GND XMIC_MONO EXT_MIC_JACK GND LED_ON/OFF PANEL/EVF_4.6V EVF_VCC VST STB DWN HST HCK1 GND R 82 80 78 76 74 72 70 68 66 64 62 60 58 56 54 52 50 B GND BLK 78 76 74 72 70 68 66 64 62 60 58 56 54 52 50 HCK2 RGT EN EVF_VCK LCD_GND PANEL/EVF_4.6V LED_DA BL_GND GND XMIC_MONO EXT_MIC_JACK GND GND 80 82 84 86 86 88 GND G R GND HCK1 HST DWN STB VST EVF_VCC PANEL/EVF_4.6V LED_ON/OFF REG_GND GND GND ZOOM_MIC_CONT GND GND MIC_R MIC_GND GND AU_2.8V GND AU_LINE_I/O_L AV_JACK_IN AV_GND LANC_DC LANC_SIG GND XVTR_MODE_SW XLANC_JACK_IN GND SHOE_UNREG_GND SHOE_UNREG_GND SHOE_MT_GND SHOE_MT_GND SHOE_CONT_AD EXT_STROBO HOTSHOE_ID2 HOTSHOE_ID1 PRT_HEAD_UNREG SHOE/PRT_UNREG SHOE/PRT_UNREG
88
PANEL_B
PANEL_R
PANEL_G
XCS_LCD CN1001
P_UNREG
REG_GND
REG_GND
REG_GND
PANEL_XVD
PANEL_XHD
85 83
20P
P_UNREG_GND 88P
PANEL/EVF_4.6V
PANEL/EVF_2.8V
PANEL/EVF_13.5V
81 79 77 75 73
CN804 71 1 69 RGT 67 B 65 R 63 G 61 PSIG 59 HCK1 57 55 53 HCK2 CRext 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 33 31 29 27 25 23 21 19 17 15 13 11 9 7 5 3 1 20 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 N.C.
24P
6P REF HST WIDE SLVSSG VVSSG VDDG VSS VDD DWN
PD-166 BOARD
2.5INCH LCD UNIT
4-3
1 2 3 4 5 6 PSIG NC. HSY GND COM VG
47 45 43 41 39 37 35
LCD901
CPC (FOR CHECK)
21 22 23 24
BL_HIGH
BL_GND BL_LOW
CN802
TP_TOP TP_R TP_L N.C. N.C. 7P
TP_BOT
CN1006 20 RF_MON GND RF_IN SWP HI_XRESET REG_GND REC_CRRT0 REC_CRRT1 FRRV DRUM_ON
CPC
N.C.
9 7 5 3 1
SHOE_UNREG_GND SHOE_MT_GND SHOE_MIC_L SHOE_CONT_AD SHOE_MIC_GND CTS(HDS) STB_ON RTS(SCK) SHOE_ID2 RXD
1 2 3 4 5
TA901
ND901 BACK LIGHT
20P
TOUCH PANEL
6 7 8 9 10 SHOE_ID1 TXD LANC_SIG PRT_HEAD_UNREG SHOE_UNREG 11 12 13 14 15
INTELLIGENT ACCESSORY SHOE
19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 XCS_ST_IMAGE_IC XINIT XCS_MC_FLASH MD2 GND EVF_VCO EVF_VG EVF_LED_DA D_2.8V FLASH_UNREG 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
10
11
CN401
6P N.C MIC_L GND MIC_R GND N.C 6 5 4 3 2 1

R L
ME-020 BOARD
VC-284 BOARD (2/2)
(FOR CHECK) ACCESS_LED KEY_AD0 HP_L_OUT PHOTO_FREEZE D_2.8V HP_R_OUT HP_GND HP_JACK_IN
L R
MIC901 MIC UNIT STEREO
12
CN402
10P GND NC NC XVTR_MODE_SW XCAM_MODE_SW XPHOTO_STBY_SW NC XEJECT_SW NC

CN1005
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 XS/S_SW
24P
13
MS_VCC(D_3.1V)
CN1004 SCLK N.C
10
9P
XS_JACK_IN S_Y_I/O
XRESET_SW
MS_BS
MS_IN
Y_GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
DIO
D_2.8V
ZOOM_VR_AD GND 1 2
S_C_I/O
SP+ SP-
C_GND
GND
GND
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
14
4-4
CN502 16P HCK1 BLK B STB VST HCK2 HST VCK VSS EN RGT VDD G 16 15 R COM DWN 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 14 13 12 11 10
15
MEMORY STICK CONNECTOR

LED
16
CONTROL SWITCH BLOCK (FK-2850)
LCD903
COLOR EVF UNIT
B.L
LED
17
Memory Stick
18
DCR-PC101/PC101E
COVER

THIS NOTE IS COMMON FOR SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS (In addition to this, the necessary note is printed in each block)
(For schematic diagrams) All capacitors are in F unless otherwise noted. pF : Link V or less are not indicated except for electrolytics F. 50 and tantalums. Chip resistors are 1/10 W unless otherwise noted. k=1000 , M=1000 k. Caution when replacing chip parts. New parts must be attached after removal of chip. Be careful not to heat the minus side of tantalum capacitor, Because it is damaged by the heat. Some chip part will be indicated as follows. Example C541 L452 22U 10UH TA A 2520 Kinds of capacitor Temperature characteristics External dimensions (mm) Constants of resistors, capacitors, ICs and etc with XX indicate that they are not used. In such cases, the unused circuits may be indicated. Parts with 5 differ according to the model/destination. Refer to the mount table for each function. All variable and adjustable resistors have characteristic curve B, unless otherwise noted. Signal name XEDIT EDIT PB/XREC PB/REC 2: non flammable resistor 5: fusible resistor C: panel designation A: B+ Line B: B Line J : IN/OUT direction of (+,) B LINE. C: adjustment for repair. A: VIDEO SIGNAL (ANALOG) A: AUDIO SIGNAL (ANALOG) A: VIDEO/AUDIO SIGNAL A: VIDEO/AUDIO/SERVO SIGNAL A: SERVO SIGNAL Circled numbers refer to waveforms. (Measuring conditions voltage and waveform) Voltages and waveforms are measured between the measurement points and ground when camera shoots color bar chart of pattern box. They are reference values and reference waveforms. (VOM of DC 10 M input impedance is used) Voltage values change depending upon input impedance of VOM used.)
Front of the lens
1. Connection
Pattern box
1.5 m
2. Adjust the distance so that the output waveform of Fig. a and the Fig. b can be obtain.
Yellow
H
Cyan Green
White Magenta
A B
A=B
Fig. a (Video output terminal output waveform)
Fig.b (Picture on monitor TV)
When indicating parts by reference number, please include the board name.
Note :
The components identified by mark 0 or dotted line with mark 0 are critical for safety. Replace only with part number specified.
Note :
Les composants identifis par une marque 0 sont critiques pour la scurit. Ne les remplacer que par une pice portant le numro spcifie.
4-5
Red Blue
B A
DCR-PC101/PC101E
COVER

Link
CF-089 BOARD (CCD IMAGER) PD-166 BOARD (1/2)
(LCD DRIVE, TIMING GENERATOR)
FP-100, FP-102, FP-228 FLEXIBLE BOARD MF-326 BOARD (MANUAL FOCUS SENSOR) NS-014 BOARD (REMOTE COMMANDER RECEIVER) CONTROL SWITCH BLOCK (FK-2850) CONTROL SWITCH BLOCK (PS-2850) FP-470 FLEXIBLE BOARD
PD-166 BOARD (2/2) (BACK LIGHT) ME-020 BOARD (1/2) (MIC AMP) ME-020 BOARD (2/2)
(EVF, EVF BACK LIGHT, JACK)
COMMON NOTE FOR SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
WAVEFORMS
DCR-PC101/PC101E
COVER
For Schematic Diagram Refer to page 4-69 for printed wiring board. Refer to page 4-97 for waveforms.
CF-089 BOARD SIDE A
CF-089 BOARD SIDE B
10
11
SIGNAL PATH
12
13
14
15
R201 0
SE201 PITCH SENSOR

1 3
R206 22k R203 0

4
R207 22k
C208 0.047u
C206 0.047u C212 10u
C210 10u
C213 XX R212 XX R210 R213 10k 1M
R101 XX C214 22u 4V C215 0.1u R102 XX PITCH_AD
LND101 RING LND102 RING
CF-089 BOARD
CCD IMAGER(CD BLOCK)
XX MARK:NO MOUNT NO MARK:REC/PB MODE R:REC MODE P:PB MODE REC
VIDEO SIGNAL Y/CHROMA
FB201
BOTTOM VIEW
2
C204 0.1u C201 22u 4V
0.7 10
GND
0.9 8
LIA1
1.4 7
LO1
1.4 6 5
1.3 4
1.3 3
1.3 2
1.2 1
PASS
L201 10uH
9
LIB1
IC201
LO2 LIB2 LIA2
IC201 NJM3230V(TE2)
C_RESET
OUT2
HI2
Vref2
AM2
HO2
C
R202 0 FB202
SE202 YAW SENSOR

1 3
C202 22u 4V
11 0.6
12 0.9
13 1.3
14 1.3
15 1.3
16 1.3
17 1.3
18 1.3
19 0
20 2.8 YAW_AD
VCC
YAW/PITCH SENSOR AMP
OUT1
Vref1
AM1
HO1
HI1
Precautions for Replacement of CCD Imager The CF-089 board mounted as a repair part is not equipped with a CCD imager. When replacing this board, remove the CCD imager from the old one and mount it onto the new one. If the CCD imager has been replaced, carry out all the adjustments for the camera section. As the CCD imager may be damaged by static electricity from its structure, handle it carefully like for the MOS IC. In addition, ensure that the receiver is not covered with dusts nor exposed to strong light.
BOTTOM VIEW
2 4
R204 0 R205 22k
C203 0.1u C205 0.047u R208 22k C207 0.047u C211 10u
C209 10u
R209 R211 10k 1M
VST_C_RESET
D
L301 100uH
Q101 UN9114J-(K8).SO MF SWITCH 2.8
2.8
CN103 0 1
6P
MF_VCC MF_VCC MF_A MF_B MF_GND MF_GND
MF_LED MF_A MF_B D101 XX
2 3 4 5 6 D102 02DZ8.2-TPH3
MF-326
(PAGE 4-61)
E
VC-284 (19/20)
CN101 1 PITCH_AD 3 5 PS_OUT SE_GND MRS_VCC MRS_VCC MT_4.9V MT_4.9V MR_GND IRIS_DRIVE+ MR_GND IRIS_BIAS+ IRIS HALL+ Z MR A MR_GND ND_DRIVE+ MR_GND ND_BIAS+ ND_HALL+ F MR A MR_GND ZOOM+ MR_GND FOCUS+ MR_GND TEMP_OUT MF_LED MF_A MF_B MF_GND MF_GND SW_15V SW_15V V1 V3 CD_GND SHP SHD CD_GND H1 H2 CD_GND CCD_OUT+ CCD_OUTCD_GND YS_OUT A_2.8V A_2.8V C_RESET D2.8V D2.8V MR_GND IRIS_DRIVEMR_GND IRIS_BIASIRIS HALLZ MR B MR_GND ND_DRIVEMR_GND ND_BIASND_HALLF MR B MR_GND ZOOMMR_GND FOCUSMR_GND NT_SHOT SIRCS_SIG BATT_LI_3V BATT_LI_3V XF_TALLY_LED NS_LED_A NS_LED_K CAM_-7.5V CAM_-7.5V V2 V4 CD_GND CSUB VSUB CD_GND RG CD_GND CLPDM CD_GND CD_GND 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 IRIS_DRIVE17 19 IRIS_BIAS+ 21 IRIS_HALL+ 23 24 Z_MR_B 25 27 ND_DRIVE+ 29 31 ND_BIAS+ 33 ND_HALL+ 35 F_MR_A 37 39 38 40 42 44 FOCUS45 47 TEMP_OUT 49 MF_LED 51 MF_A 53 MF_B 54 56 XF_TALLY_LED 57 59 61 63 65 67 69 71 58 60 62 64 66 68 70 72 74 76 78 80 82 84 86 88 R2.1/P0 NS_LED_A NS_LED_K R301 0 C303 0.1u C304 0.1u C306 0.1u
8
FB302 Ferrite beads:PC101 Short chip 0:PC101E (Note) FB302 C307 0.1u C301 0.1u C305 XX Note:Short chip is mounted to the loeation where FB302 is printed.(PC101E only) C311 3.3u 35V C308 XX
88P
CN1010 (PAGE 4-45) SE_GND 2 YAW_AD
SE_GND
FOCUSC313 0.1u FOCUS+ ZOOM-
CN102 27 26 25 24
27P
FOCUS-_P FOCUS+_P ZOOM-_P ZOOM+_P F_MR/TEMP_GND TEMP_P F_MR_VCC F_MR_A_P F_MR_B_P NS_GND NT_SHOT_P ND_HALL+_P ND_BIAS-_P ND_DRIVE+_P ND_DRIVE-_P ND_HALL-_P ND_BIAS+_P Z_MR_B_P Z_MR_GND Z_MR_A_P Z_MR_VCC I_HALL+_P I_BIAS-_P I_DRIVE+_P I_DRIVE-_P I_HALL-_P I_BIAS+_P LENS BLOCK
F
IRIS_DRIVE+
7 9 11 13 15
VST_C_RESET
ICX427AKF-13
14
VSUB
13
GND
12
H2
11
H1
10
RG
9
GND
8
CCD_OUT
ZOOM+
23 TEMP_OUT 22 21 C312 22u 10V C314 0.1u F_MR_A 20 F_MR_B 19 18 NT_SHOT 17 ND_HALL+ 16 ND_BIAS15 ND_DRIVE+ 14 ND_DRIVEFB301 13 ND_HALL12 ND_BIAS+ 11 Z_MR_B 10 9 Z_MR_A L302 10uH C315 22u 6.3V 8 7 IRIS_HALL+ IRIS_BIASC317 0.1u IRIS_DRIVE+ IRIS_DRIVEIRIS_HALL6 5 4 3 2 1 L101 XX
IC301
R302 0 IRIS_BIASIRIS_HALLCCD IMAGER Note:The voltage and waveform of IC301 and Q301 cannot be measured,becouse it is mounted by the side of the lens.
18 20 22
IC301
RCSUB
V4
V3
V2
V1
26 28 ND_DRIVE30 32 ND_BIAS34 ND_HALL36 F_MR_B
VL
Z_MR_A
ZOOM+ 41 43 FOCUS+ 46 48 50 52
ZOOM-
VDD
Q301 UN9213J-(TX).SO SWITCH
R304 0
NT_SHOT SIRCS_SIG
55
IC305 AD80017AJRURL
7
IRIS_BIAS+ C309 0.1u
R1.1/ P2.7 0.3
BYP BYP GND BYP OUT2 BYP OUT1 CCD_IN VDD GND GND SHD CLPDM SHP
1.7
6
14 13 12 11 10
0.7
5
R104 0 C101 10u 6.3V C102 1u
1.3
0.6
4
2.8
2 3
R2.1/P0
R2.7/P0
1
73 75 77 79 81 83 85 87
C310 XX
C316 XX
CN104 10 9 NS_LED_A NS_LED_K R110 XF_TALLY_LED 1800 8 7 6
10P
BATT_LI_3V BATT_LI_3V NS_LED_A NS_LED_K TALLY_LED_A XF_TALLY_LED NS_4.9V SIRCS_SIG NS_GND NS_GND
NS-014
(PAGE 4-62)
IC305
S/H SIRCS_SIG L102 10uH R109 XX
5 4 3 2 1
C104 10u 6.3V C105 1u C103 XX 6.3V
C106 0.1u
LND103 RING
L
05
4-7
4-8
CF-089
Schematic diagrams of the VC-284, BJ-003 boards are not shown. Pages from 4-9 to 4-50 are not shown.
DCR-PC101/PC101E
COVER
For Schematic Diagram Refer to page 4-81 for printed wiring board. Refer to page 4-101 for waveforms.
PD-166 BOARD SIDE A
PD-166 BOARD SIDE B
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
PD-166 BOARD (1/2)

A LCD DRIVER,TIMING GENERATOR
CN801 20P PANEL_B PANEL_G PANEL_R REG_GND PANEL/EVF_2.8V 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 VD_SCK XCS_LCD VD_SO C801 XX 20V
XX MARK:NO MOUNT NO MARK:REC/PB MODE TO THE * :IMPOSSIBLE THEMEASURE POINTS. VOLTAGE AT MARKED
L803 10uH
PRG
BLK
FRP
PFRP
C812 0.01u
BGP
R809 15k
VB
VR
VP 0.7 36 N.C 1.5 35 EXT_DA 34 N.C 2.7 33 BGP 0 32 BLACK_IN 2.8 31 PRG 1.4 30 FRP 1.4 29 PFRP 2.8 28 XVP.SAVE 7 27 VP 1.7 26 P_DC_DET 13.5 25 Vcc2
VG
VP
C815 2.2u
C817 0.01u
C818 3.3u 20V
Q806 NDS356AP VDD SWITCH 13.5 13.5 R830 470k 0 C824 3.3u 20V C825 0.01u 0 TG14 10 10 2.8 Q804 UN9213J-(K8).SO VDD SWITCH R833 XX C826 0.01u
B
BJ-003
CN007 THROUGH THE PB-051 HARNESS (PAGE 4-50)
PANEL/EVF_13.5V PANEL/EVF_4.6V VD_SCK XCS_LCD VD_SO REG_GND PANEL_XVD PANEL_XHD REG_GND
R831 0
37
R824
13 14 15 16
38
XC.SAVE XSCK SI XCS Vcc1 TRAP_ADJ LPF_ADJ XP.SAVE B_IN G_IN R_IN XSH.SAVE COM_DC
B_DC_DET
39
TP_L TP_BOT TP_TOP P_UNREG P_UNREG_GND
VG G_DC_DET
22
TP_R
VD_SCK XTG_SO XCS_LCD L801 22uH C803 0.1u R802 0 R803 XX C805 XX R804 0
2.8 2.3 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8
23
XC.SAVE
2.8
1.7 7 1.7 7 1.7
C821 2.2u VG C822 2.2u VR C823 2.2u
5 IC801
LCD DRIVER IC801 RB5P004AM1
40
17 18 19 20 C802 68u 4V C804 XX
21
R826
PANEL_XHD
N.C
VB
24
12
PANEL_XVD
R806 470k
1.2
VB
R820 10
R828 100
41
20
VR R_DC_DET GND2 GND1 VREF
C827 4.7u
C829 0.1u CN804 R837 150k 24 23 24P N.C. COM VST VCK EN
42
43
18
19
TG24 22 TG23 21 TG22 20 TG21 19 DWN 13.5 D803 RD3.3UM-T1B D804 XX TG20 13 TG18 12 11 10 9 TG17 8 TG16 7 HCK1 PSIG G R B RGT N.C. HST REF N.C. CRext HCK2 WIDE C830 1u 18 17 16 VDD VSS VDDG VVSSG SLVSSG LCD901 2.5INCH LCD UNIT
R805 XX
44
45
46
47
48
13
C810 0.01u CN802 7P N.C. 1
1.8
2
OP_OUT OP_IN+ OP_INSH_R SH_G SH_B SH_A
COM_OUT COM_IN
14
C809 0.01u
Vcc3
1.8
15
C808 0.01u
1.8
16
XP.SAVE
2.8
17
15 14
GND
TA901 TOUCH PANEL
N.C. TP_BOT TP_TOP N.C.
4 5 6 7 2.8
2 0.9
3 2.8
4 0.9
5 0.9
7 1.4
8 1.4
9 1.4
10 1.4
11 2.6
VCO
TP_L
BIAS
TP_R
12 6.6
R810 2700
R812 68k
SH1
SH2
SH3
F 1
(2/2)
SH4
UNREG UNREG_GND PANEL_4.6V PWM BL_ON
L802 10uH
R816 100k C816 0.1u
6 D802 1SV290(TPL3) 5 4
R811 47k C806 10u 6.3V R813 22k C814 560p R814 68k
R815 1M L804 2.2uH
C819 0.001u R817 100k C820 82p R825 100k R821 100k R827 100k
3 TG15 2 1
DET LED_ON/OFF C807 0.1u XC.SAVE
XP.SAVE
G
C811 0.1u Q802 2SD2216JQR(K8).SO INITIAL RESET 0 SH1 SH2 SH3 SH4 R808 100k
R832 10k 4 7 5 3 13.5 7 6 7 2 1 3 6.4 4 5
13.5 7.6 6 2 CN803 6P 1 7 Q805 XP4601-TXE BUFFER R838 22k
9
2.8 Q803 XP4601-TXE BUFFER R829 10k 24 0 1.4 2.5 2.8 0.2 2.8 0 1.4 1.4 2.8 2.8 R819 0 R818 0 TG18 R822 0 TG17 TG16 R823 0 TG15 TG14 TG24 TG23 TG22 TG21 TG20
1 2 3 4 5 6
VG COM GND HSY NC. PSIG CPC (FOR CHECK)
* *
36 XCLR SHR C813 XX 0.9 35 2.8 34 SHG 0.9 33 SHB 0.9 32 SHA 31 GND 2.8 30 TESTI 1.4 29 RPD 2.8 28 XCSAVE 1.4 27 OSCI 1.4 26 OSCO 25 XSTBY
H
BGP PRG BLK FRP PFRP VD_SCK
R807 470k
D801 MA111-(K8).S0 37 2.7 2.8 0 1.4 1.4 2.8 2.8 XCS_LCD XTG_SO 2.8 2.3 2.8 XCLP PRG SBLK FRP PFRP XSCK VDD XCS SO SI VDO XVD VST VCK EN DWN
38
23
R836 820k
39
40
21
22
42
19
IC802
TIMING GENERATOR IC802 CXD3516R-T4
WIDE VDD HST HCK2 HCK1 RGT POFF NC
R834 100k 0.5% 0.9
41
20
1.5
Q807 2SB1462JQR(K8).SO LEVEL SHIFT
43
18
R835 6800 0.5% C828 0.1u
44
45
46
47
14
15
VD_SO
16
17
48
DETIN
XWRT
TESTI
PWM
TEST
TEST
TEST
HDO
GND
XHD
4.5 6 0 2 4
2.8 5 0.1 2.6 1 3 2.8
LED
Q801 XP4313-(TX).SO LED ON/OFF SWITCH
13
PANEL_XVD
2.8
SIGNAL PATH VIDEO SIGNAL
R801 10k
BL
CHROMA REC PB
2 0.3
4 2.8
5 2.8
8 0
9 2.8
10
11
12
7
PANEL_XHD
L
05
4-51
4-52
PD-166 (1/2)
DCR-PC101/PC101E
COVER
For Schematic Diagram Refer to page 4-81 for printed wiring board.
PD-166 BOARD SIDE A
PD-166 BOARD SIDE B
10
11
PD-166 BOARD (2/2)

A BACK LIGHT
XX MARK:NO MOUNT NO MARK:REC/PB MODE
L901 4.7uH UNREG Q902 2SA1832F-Y/GR(TPL3) VDD SWITCH 4.6 4.6 R901 4700 3.8 LND902 C901 22u 16V C903 22u 16V C905 10u 10V R902 1k 0.1 2.8 VDD INVERTER TRANSFORMER UNIT (BACK LIGHT DRIVE) LND901 PANEL_UNREG LND for Back Light ND901 BACK LIGHT
DUMY_LND
L902 100uH PANEL_4.6V
BL_HIGH
C902 0.01u
C904 0.01u
C906 0.1u
Q901 UN9214J-(K8).SO VDD SWITCH LND903 UNREG_GND
BL_GND
1
(1/2)
UNREG_GND
BL_LOW
BL_ON
LND904
LND905 DET
PWM
BL_PWM
Q903 UN9112J-(K8).SO LED DRIVE 4.6 0.5 R903 100 DET 4.5 D901 PG1111R-TR (STARTER)
E
05
LED_ON/OFF
Les composants identifis par une marque 0 sont critiques pour la scurit. Ne les remplacer que par une pice portant le numro spcifi.
PD-166 (2/2)
4-53
4-54
DCR-PC101/PC101E
COVER
ME-020 BOARD SIDE A
ME-020 BOARD SIDE B
10
11
ME-020 BOARD (1/2)

A MIC AMP(MA BLOCK)
R4401 2200 R4402 2700 C4422 0.068u R4418 27k C4427 0.015u C4435 0.047u C4437 0.047u R4429 XX 0.5% R4426 XX 0.5% R4427 3300 C4436 XX C4423 0.1u R4428 XX
R4406 2200
R4408 6800
C4428 1500p C4420 0.1u R4414 8200 R4412 2k R4415 20k R4420 22k C4426 0.047u
B
R4407 2200 C4402 4700p INT_MIC_L
1.4 2.4 1.4 1.4
C4438 XX
C4413 100p
C4414 0.001u
C4418 XX
R4411
C4417 100p
1k
1.4
1.4
1.4
SUB_IN_L
SUB_SIG_OUT_L
(2/2)
EXT_MIC_L C4406 10u 4V
EXT_MIC_R
MTX_AMP_OUT_L
INVT_OUT_L
MTX_AMP_IN_L
MODE_CTL_2
AMP_OUT_L
HPF_OUT_L
REG_2.5V
EXT_IN_L
INT_IN_L
SG_IN_L
C4403 0.022u INT_MIC_R
1.4
1.4
1.4
36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25
48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37
C_REG GND NC ZOOM_AMP_OUT ZOOM_AMP_IN NC
HPF_AMP_IN_L NC L_OUT MIC_MONO
13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
1.2
2.8 1.4 2.9 2.6 2 2.8 1.6 0 2.4 1.4 2.8
R4422 0
C4434 1u
C4407
R4403 10k
XX 4700
1.4 1.4 1.4 0 0 1.4 1.4 1.4
R4404 C4405 0.01u R4405 C4408 XX C4409 XX
IC4401
MIC AMP IC4401 BH7870AKV-E2
R4423
10k 100k
R4424 18k
ZOOM_BAL ZOOM_POSI VCC
R4425 C4432 22u 4V C4433 0.01u
C4431 XX
MIX_OUT GND C_1/2VCC

MTX_AMP_OUT_R SUB_SIG_OUT_R MTX_AMP_IN_R HPF_AMP_IN_R
EXT_MIC HPF_ON/OFF R_OUT NC
REG_GND
C4411
10u
4V
2
(2/2)
1.4 1.4
MODE_CTL_1
INVT_OUT_R
SUB_IN_R
AMP_OUT_R REG_2.5V EXT_IN_R
AU_2.8V L4401 100uH ZOOM_MIC_CONT EXT_MIC_JACK XMIC_MONO SHOE_MIC_L
HPF_OUT_R
C4401 0.022u
INT_IN_R
SG_IN_R
3
(2/2)
1
2.4
2
1.4
3
2.2
4
1.4
5
1.4
6
1.4
7
1.4
8
1.4
10 11 12 1.4
C4404 4700p
MIC_L MIC_R
1.4
C4410 0.001u
C4412 100p
R4410
C4415 XX
1k
SIGNAL PATH
C4421 0.1u
R4413 2k
C4416 100p
AUDIO SIGNAL
R4417 20k R4416 8200 C4424 0.068u R4419 27k C4430 0.015u C4425 0.047u R4421 22k C4429 1500p
C4419 0.1u R4409 6800
REC
G
05
4-55
4-56
ME-020 (1/2)
DCR-PC101/PC101E
COVER
ME-020 BOARD SIDE A
ME-020 BOARD SIDE B
10
11
12
13
14
15
ME-020 BOARD (2/2)

A EVF,EVF BACK LIGHT,JACK
INT_MIC_R INT_MIC_R INT_MIC_L EXT_MIC_L EXT_MIC_R Q501 XN4312-TW SWITCH
1
(1/2)
INT_MIC_L EXT_MIC_L EXT_MIC_R
0
D501 NSCW215T-T39
VC-284 (20/20)
CN404 88 86 COM 88P CN1001 (PAGE 4-47) GND GND G R GND HCK1 HST DWN STB VST EVF_VCC PANEL/EVF_4.6V LED_ON/OFF GND GND GND ZOOM_MIC_CONT GND REG_GND MIC_R MIC_GND GND AU_2.8V GND AU_LINE_I/O_L AV_JACK_IN AV_GND LANC_DC LANC_SIG GND XVTR_MODE_SW XLANC_JACK_IN GND SHOE_UNREG_GND SHOE_UNREG_GND SHOE_MT_GND SHOE_MT_GND SHOE_CONT_AD EXT_STROBO HOTSHOE_ID2 HOTSHOE_ID1 PRT_HEAD_UNREG SHOE/PRT_UNREG SHOE/PRT_UNREG 87 85 83 81 79 77 75 73 71 69 67 65 63 61 59 57 55 53 51 49 47 45 43 41 39 37 35 33 31 29 27 25 23 21 19 17 15 SHOE_CONT_AD 13 EXT_STROBO 11 HOTSHOE_ID2 9 HOTSHOE_ID1 7 5 3 1 COM G R B BLK HCK1 HCK2 LANC_SIG MIC_R ZOOM_MIC_CONT HCK1 HST DWN STB VST R502 33k 0.5% G R C501 XX 10V C502 0.1u R501 150k 0.5% 5 2.8 GND GND COM B GND BLK HCK2 RGT EN EVF_VCK LCD_GND PANEL/EVF_4.6V LED_DA BL_GND GND XMIC_MONO EXT_MIC_JACK GND GND MIC_L MIC_GND MIC_GND AU_2.8V GND VIDEO_I/O AU_LINE_I/O_R AV_GND XPHOTO_STBY_SW LANC_GND XS/S_SW XEJECT_SW XCAM_MODE_SW PS_GND SHOE_UNREG_GND SHOE_UNREG_GND SHOE_MT_GND SHOE_MT_GND HS_HDS HS_SCK HS_RXD HS_TXD PRT_HEAD_UNREG PRT_HEAD_UNREG SHOE/PRT_UNREG
2
(1/2)
4.5 2 0
AU_2.8V REG_GND
R505 3300
3 4.6
SHOE_UNREG_GND
1 2 3
84 82 80
SHOE_MT_GND SHOE_MIC_L SHOE_CONT_AD
D407 UDZSTE-178.2B SHOE_MIC_L SHOE_CONT_AD
D501,502 (BACK LIGHT) Q502 2SB1462JQR(K8).SO BACK LIGHT CONTROL
IC501
BACK LIGHT CONTROL IC501 NJM2125F(TE2) 0.4
1 2 5
BLK HCK2
1.4 6 5 1.1 1
TH501
1.4 4 3 1.1 2 Q503 0.4 XP6501-(TX).SO LED DRIVE R509 22 0.5%
78 76 74 72 70 68 66 64 62 60
4 5 HS_HDS 6 EXT_STROBO 7 HS_SCK 8 FB409 HOTSHOE_ID2 HS_RXD
C
INTELLIGENT ACCESSORY SHOE
SHOE_MIC_GND CTS(HDS) STB_ON RTS(SCK)
RGT EN EVF_VCK
VCC
4.6 1.1 0.5
0.4
3 4
0.4
SHOE_ID2 9 RXD 10 SHOE_ID1 11
FB410
HOTSHOE_ID1 HS_TXD
R506 XX
R508 22 0.5%
TXD 12
FB411
LANC_SIG XMIC_MONO EXT_MIC_JACK
D
MIC901 MIC UNIT CN401 6P
LANC_SIG 13
PRT_HEAD_UNREG
58 56 54 52
14
SHOE_UNREG 15
N.C R STEREO
1 2 INT_MIC_R 3 4 INT_MIC_L 5 6
MIC_L
50 48 46 44 LINE 42 40 38 36
R L
GND MIC_R GND MIC_L N.C
CN402
10P GND NC 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 HS_HDS HS_SCK
34 32 30 28 26 24 22 20 18 16 14 12 10 8 6 4 2
SIGNAL PATH VIDEO SIGNAL CHROMA REC PB Y/CHROMA REC PB AUDIO SIGNAL
NC

(PAGE 4-65)
XVTR_MODE_SW XCAM_MODE_SW XPHOTO_STBY_SW NC XEJECT_SW NC XS/S_SW
HS_RXD HS_TXD
CN502 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2
16P
COM G R B BLK HCK1 HCK2 HST RGT DWN EN STB VCK VST VSS VDD COLOR EVF UNIT LCD903
H
J402 MIC (PLUG IN POWER)
FB404 FB405 FB406 EXT_MIC_L EXT_MIC_R
HST RGT DWN EN STB
VDR402 VDR403
EVF_VCK VST
I
J401 AUDIO/VIDEO
R411 XX FB401 FB402 LINE ZOOM_MIC_CONT FB403 LND401 GND R401 0 VDR401 VDR404 VDR405 XMIC_MONO SHOE_MIC_L MIC_L J403 XMIC_MONO SHOE_MIC_L MIC_L MIC_R ZOOM_MIC_CONT EXT_MIC_JACK EXT_MIC_JACK
C503 2.2u
3
(1/2)
FB407
MIC_R
LANC FB408 R402 0 05 D401 01ZA8.2(TPL3) D402 01ZA8.2(TPL3)
ME-020 (2/2)
4-57
4-58
D502 NSCW215T-T39
DCR-PC101/PC101E
COVER
FP100, FP-102, FP-228 FLEXIBLE BOARD
3
1
4
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
5
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17
6
18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25
7
26 TOP/END_GND 27 TAPE_TOP 27P
VC-284 (14/20) CN1008 (SEE PAGE 4-36)
SREEL-
DEW+
TREEL-
LM_LOAD
LM_LOAD
LM_UNLOAD
LM_UNLOAD
XMODE_SW_A
XMODE_SW_B
XCCDOWN_SW
XMODE_SW_C
SW_COM/SW_GND
MIC/REC_SW_GND
XREC_PROOF
CHIME_VDD
CHIME_SCK
CHIME_SDA
HALL_GND
HALL_VCC
SREEL+
TREEL+
DEW-
FP-228
FLEXIBLE BOARD
DEW SENSOR M903 LOADING MOTOR
LM_LOAD
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 S903 (CC DOWN) D901 (TAPE LED) + G Vcc -
LM_LOAD LM_UNLOAD LM_UNLOAD DEW+ DEWMODE A MODE B
C
S902 MODE SWITCH
MODE C SW_COM/SW_GND
TAPE_LED_K
TAPE_LED_A
H902 T REEL SENSOR Vcc -
TAPE_END
Q902 TAPE TOP SENSOR
FP-100
FLEXIBLE BOARD
+ CN901 4P
G Q901 TAPE END SENSOR
D
05
H901 S REEL SENSOR S901 (REC PROOF)
FP-102
FLEXIBLE BOARD
4-59
4-60
FP-100, FP-102, FP-228
DCR-PC101/PC101E
COVER
MF-326 BOARD
NS-014 BOARD
MF-326 BOARD
A MANUAL FOCUS SENSOR
1 MF_VCC 2 MF_VCC 3 MF_A 4 MF_B
NS-014 BOARD
A REMOTE COMMANDER RECEIVER
NO MARK:REC/PB MODE
BT001 D702 DCZ2805 D703 DCZ2805 LITHIUM BATTERY (SECONDARY) BT001 10 BATT_LI_3V
CF-089
CN103 (PAGE 4-8)
D702,703 (NIGHT SHOT)
B
R730 220 PH730 GP1S092HCPI
5 MF_GND 6 MF_GND
B
D701 (REC) D701 TLSU1002(TPX1,SONY)
9 BATT_LI_3V 8 NS_LED_A
7 NS_LED_K 6 TALLY_LED_A 5 XF_TALLY_LED 4 NS_4.9V 3 SIRCS_SIG
CF-089
CN104 (PAGE 4-8)
PH730,731 MANUAL FOCUS SENSOR
2 NS_GND 4.9 4.5 OUT 3 IC701 SBX3055-01 4 D704 1SS352-TPH3 1 NS_GND
C
05
PH731 GP1S092HCPI
VCC
IC701
1 GND 2 GND REMOTE COMMANDER RECEIVER R704 0 LND101 RING
D
05
MF-326, NS-014
4-61
4-62
DCR-PC101/PC101E
COVER
7
CONTROL SWITCH BLOCK (FK-2850)is replaced as block,so that PRINTED WIRING BOARD is omitted.
CONTROL SWITCH BLOCK (FK-2850)

A
LND601 GND S605 (AF/MF) S605,606 FOCUS (INFINITY) S602 (PHOTO FREEZE) S602,603 PHOTO LND606 GND
SIGNAL PATH AUDIO SIGNAL

W T RV601 (ZOOM)
VIDEO SIGNAL CHROMA REC PB Y
S606 (INFINITY)
R603 1200
R602 1500
S603 (PHOTO REC)
B
S608 BACK LIGHT R601 2200 S604
PB
S607
R604 8200
R605 3900
COLOR SLOW S SUPER NS 1 2 3 4 LND604 5 SP601 (SPEAKER) SP6 SP+ LND605 7 8

SPSP+ HP_JACK_IN GND KEY_AD0 GND ZOOM_VR_AD D_2.8V PHOTO_FREEZE
DISPLAY/TOUCH PANEL
J601
FB601
10 HP_R_OUT
(HEAD PHONE)
FB602
11 GND 12 HP_L_OUT
VC-284 (12/20)
CN1004 (PAGE 4-31)
LND607 VDR602 GND LND602 GND VDR603 VDR601 D601 TLSU1008(T05,SOY) (MS ACCESS) FB603 R606 1k LINE
13 HP_GND 14 ACCESS_LED 15 D_2.8V 16 GND 17 S_C_I/O 18 C_GND
LINE
J602 VDR604 LINE C S G G Y S VDR604
LINE
19 Y_GND 20 S_Y_I/O
FB604
21 XS_JACK_IN 22 GND 23 GND 24 XRESET_SW
S601
RESET
F
05
S VIDEO
LND608 GND
D602 V0096
4-63
4-64
FK-2850
DCR-PC101/PC101E
COVER

CONTROL SWITCH BLOCK (PS-2850)is replaced as block,so that PRINTED WIRING BOARD is omitted. S4601 (START/STOP)

A
FP-470 FLEXIBLE BOARD is replaced as block,so that PRINTED WIRING BOARD is omitted.
S4702
S4702 (PANEL REVERSE)
1 REG_GND 2 REG_GND 3 KEY_AD1
BJ-003
CN006 (PAGE 4-50)
B
MEMORY CAMERA S4603 POWER OFF(CHARGE) VCR S4603
S4602 (EJECT)
10 XS/S_SW 9 N.C 8 XEJECT_SW 7 N.C 6 XPHOTO_STBY_SW 5 XCAM_MODE_SW 4 XVRT_MODE_SW 3 N.C 2 N.C 1 GND
B
S4701 S4701 (PANEL OPEN)
4 REG_GND 5 KEY_AD2 6 REG_GND
ME-020 (2/2)
CN402 (PAGE 4-57)
05
C
GND 05
PS-2850, FP-470
4-65
4-66
DCR-PC101/PC101E
COVER

THIS NOTE IS COMMON FOR WIRING BOARDS (In addition to this, the necessary note is printed in each block)
(For printed wiring boards) : Uses unleaded solder. : Circuit board : Flexible board Pattern from the side which enables seeing. (The other layers patterns are not indicated) Through hole is omitted. Circled numbers refer to waveforms. There are a few cases that the part printed on diagram isnt mounted in this model. C: panel designation
Chip parts. Transistor

C 6 5 4 4 5 6 5 4 4 5
Diode
3 3 3 1 23
1 2 3 3 2 1 1 2 3 3 2 1 1 2 2 1 3 4
2 1
1 2 2 3
1 2 4 4
1 6 54 3 3 4
5 4 3 3 4 5 2
3 2
1 1
4-67
DCR-PC101/PC101E
COVER

Link
CF-089 BOARD (SIDE A) CF-089 BOARD (SIDE B) PD-166 BOARD (SIDE A) PD-166 BOARD (SIDE B) ME-020 BOARD (SIDE A) ME-020 BOARD (SIDE B) FP-100, FP-102, FP-228 FLEXIBLE BOARD MF-326 BOARD NS-014 BOARD
COMMON NOTE FOR PRINTED WIRING BOARDS MOUNTED PARTS LOCATION CIRCUIT BOARDS LOCATION
WAVEFORMS FLEXIBLE BOARDS LOCATION
DCR-PC101/PC101E
COVER
CF-089
For Printed Wiring Board. :Uses unleaded solder. CF-089 board is six-layer print board. However, the patterns of layers 2 to 5 have not been included in the diagram.
MOUNTED PARTS LOCATION
There are a few cases that the part isn't mounted in this model is printed on this diagram. See page 4-102 for printed parts location.
CF-089 BOARD(SIDE A)
C105 P 1
C104
CN104
D101
K K CN103
R110
10
D102
C103 C101
C102
R104 LND103 L101
R204
LND102
R304
C212
C210
R203
R102
L302
SE202 4 1 3 C315 3 7 1
C309
C317
IC305
8 C304 14
C312
FB301
C209
C310
C316
SE201
C306
C308
C303
C311
Q301
C313
C211
C314
R301
1-684-89811
E
R101 LND101 2 1
L301
05
2
4-69
6
4-70
L102
R109
7
CF-089 (SIDE A)
DCR-PC101/PC101E
COVER
CF-089 BOARD(SIDE B)
26 27
Q101
B C E
CN102
A
1
88 86 85
87
B
CN101
C
4 2 R302 1 3
R212
C215
C202 20
C301
R211 C305 C214
D
FB202
14
R210
R213
R209 C213
IC201
C208
C207 R208
FB302
R207
IC301
L201
10
11
C203 C205
R201
FB201
R206
C307
C201
C206 C204
R202
R205
E
1-684-89811
05
7
4-71
3
4-72
CF-089 (SIDE B)
Printed wiring boards of the VC-284, BJ-003 boards are not shown. Pages from 4-73 to 4-80 are not shown.
DCR-PC101/PC101E
COVER
PD-166 (LCD DRIVE, BACK LIGHT)
For Printed Wiring Board. :Uses unleaded solder. PD-166 board is six-layer print board. However, the patterns of layers 2 to 5 have not been included in the diagram.
PD-166 BOARD(SIDE A)
D901
D901 (STARTER)
A
R903
CN802
CN804
24 1
Q903
R817
R801
C827
C830
Q801
R822
R823
LND905
C829
D803
B
LND903
7 8
12 1 48 C806
D804
R837
R818
R819
R836
R834
C807
C902
Q807
R833
Q804
R835
C828
L901
C824
R831
C901
25
36
R807
24
37
D801
IC802
13
20
C811 C810 C809 C808 C805 R805 R803 R804 R802 C804 C803 R806 C812
Q802
C813
E C B
R830
C826
C903
L804
C
LND904
Q806
L902
C816
R815
R821
R827
R825
C904
C820 K
C819
R811
B
R812 R810 R816
B
C802
+
L801
Q901
C825
D802
R820
R826
R824
C814
Q805
A R828 R832
1
12 13 1
L802
R814
R813
R808
LND901
C905
Q803
R829
L803 C823
2
IC801
48
4
C822 24 C821 25
3
37 36
C818
LND902 1
E C
R901
R902
C906
R838
Q902
CN803 C815
CN801
C801
6
C817 R809
1-684-90005
11
2
4-81
5
4-82 PD-166 (SIDE A)
DCR-PC101/PC101E
COVER
PD-166 BOARD(SIDE B)
D
1-684-90005
11
2
4-84
PD-166 (SIDE B)
4-83
DCR-PC101/PC101E
COVER
ME-020 (MIC AMP, EVF, EVF BACK LIGHT, JACK)
For Printed Wiring Board. :Uses unleaded solder. ME-020 board is six-layer print board. However, the patterns of layers 2 to 5 have not been included in the diagram.
ME-020 BOARD(SIDE A)
4
MIC (PLUG IN POWER)
AUDIO/VIDEO
LANC
D402
R402 K K VDR405 VDR404
A
J402
FB408
1
FB403 J401
2
FB402
J403
A
1
C501
D501
K
C503
Q501
K
FB407 R501 R401
LND401 FB405
R4408
CN502
R505
R509
R508
D502
K
R502
A VDR403 FB404 C4415 VDR401 FB401
D401
C4401
C4412
R4413 R4417
Q503
A 16
R4405
1
C4425
IC501 5
C502
CN401
C4430 R4421 C4429 R4419 R411
15
R4416
C4408 C4409 R506
E B
TH501
Q502
C4407
C4424
1
R4415 R4412 R4420 C4426 C4427 C4428
10
C4422
E
11
R4414
R4418
CN402
1-684-89505
10
4-85
4-86
ME-020 (SIDE A)
DCR-PC101/PC101E
COVER
ME-020 BOARD(SIDE B)
FB409
FB411
FB410
C4419
C4421
R4410
VDR402
FB406 R4409
C4410 48
C4404
12 13
C4416
C4411
C4433
C4431
15
C4436 C4438
C4432
IC4401
R4424 R4425 R4423 C4434 R4422 24 25 36 C4414 37
R4403
B
C4418 R4406 R4407
R4426
R4428
R4402
C4435
R4429 C4437
R4401 R4427
C4406
C4405 R4404
D407
C4402
C4403
L4401 C4423 R4411 C4420
C4417
C4413
E
2 4 1 3 CN404 86 88 85 87
1-684-89505
11
10
ME-020 (SIDE B)
4-87
4-88
DCR-PC101/PC101E
COVER
FP-100, FP-102, FP-228 FLEXIBLE
27
Q902 TAPE TOP SENSOR

10 1
1-677-085S903 (CC DOWN) D901 (TAPE LED)
11
S901 (REC PROOF) CN901 Q901 TAPE END SENSOR H902 T REEL SENSOR
H901 S REEL SENSOR M903 LOADING MOTOR
10

M
11 1-677-084DEW SENSOR
11
1-677-049-
05 S902 MODE SWITCH
4-89
4-90
FP-100, FP-102, FP-228
DCR-PC101/PC101E
COVER
MF-326 (MANUAL FOCUS SENSOR)
For Printed Wiring Board. :Uses unleaded solder. MF-326 board is six-layer print board. However, the patterns of layers 2 to 5 have not been included in the diagram. There are a few cases that the part isn't mounted in this model is printed on this diagram.
MF-326 BOARD(SIDE A)
K A E
MF-326 BOARD(SIDE B)
PH 730
C
R730
E PH731
05
1-684-8961
11
05
1-684-8961
11
MF-326
4-91
4-92
DCR-PC101/PC101E
COVER
NS-014 (REMOTE COMMANDER RECEIVER)
For Printed Wiring Board. :Uses unleaded solder. NS-014 board is six-layer print board. However, the patterns of layers 2 to 5 have not been included in the diagram.
There are a few cases that the part isn't mounted in this model is printed on this diagram.
NS-014 BOARD(SIDE A)
2 3
IC701
D704 (REC)
R704
D702
D703
K
BT001
D701
K A
D702, 703 (NIGHT SHOT)
BT001 LITHIUM BATTERY (SECONDARY)
05
1-684-89710
11
NS-014 BOARD(SIDE B)
10
05
1-684-897-
11
4-93
4-94
NS-014
DCR-PC101/PC101E
COVER
4-4. WAVEFORMS
CF-089 BOARD
CF-089 BOARD SIDE A
CF-089 BOARD SIDE B
1
400 mVp-p 44 sec (PC101) 54 sec (PC101E)
IC305 qa REC
2
400 mVp-p 44 sec (PC101) 54 sec (PC101E)
IC305 5 REC
4-97
CF-089
Waveforms of the VC-284 board are not shown. Pages 4-98 to 4-100 are not shown.
DCR-PC101/PC101E
COVER
PD-166 BOARD
PD-166 BOARD SIDE A
PD-166 BOARD SIDE B
1
500 mVp-p
6
9.0 Vp-p
2H
IC801 rk REC/PB
IC801 wf REC/PB
2
400 mVp-p
7
2.8 Vp-p
IC801 rj REC/PB
IC802 1 REC/PB
3
400 mVp-p
8
2.8 Vp-p
IC801 rh REC/PB
IC802 rk REC/PB
4
9.0 Vp-p
9
3.3 Vp-p 20 MHz 2H
IC801 w; REC/PB
IC802 wh REC/PB
5
9.0 Vp-p
2H
IC801 ws REC/PB
4-101
PD-166
DCR-PC101/PC101E
COVER

no mark : side A * mark : side B
4-5. MOUNTED PARTS LOCATION

CF-089 BOARD
C101 C102 C104 C105 C106 C201 C202 C203 C204 C205 C206 C207 C208 C209 C210 C211 C212 C214 C215 C301 C303 C304 C306 C307 C309 C311 C312 C313 C314 C315 C317 CN101 CN102 CN103 CN104 D102 FB201 FB202 FB301 FB302 IC201 IC305 L102 L201 L301 L302 Q101 Q301 R104 R110 R201 R202 R203 R204 R205 R206 R207 R208 R209 R210 R211 R213 R301 R302 R304 SE201 SE202 B-6 B-6 B-6 A-6 D-2 D-1 D-1 E-2 E-1 E-2 D-1 D-2 E-1 D-2 E-1 D-2 D-2 D-1 D-3 E-4 D-3 E-3 E-4 D-4 E-4 D-4 E-5 D-4 D-3 D-4 B-3 A-6 A-7 A-6 A-7 E-2 D-1 D-4 A-6 D-1 D-4 A-6 D-2 E-3 D-3 A-6 E-4 B-6 A-6 E-2 D-1 D-2 D-2 D-1 E-2 D-2 D-1 D-1 D-2 D-1 D-2 E-4 D-3 D-3 E-2 D-1
* * * * * * * *
* * *
* *
* * * * * *
* * * * * * * * * * *
CF-089
4-102
Mounted parts location of the VC-284, BJ-003 boards are not shown. Pages 4-103 to 4-105 are not shown.
DCR-PC101/PC101E
COVER

no mark : side A * mark : side B
PD-166 BOARD
C802 C803 C806 C807 C808 C809 C810 C811 C812 C814 C815 C816 C817 C818 C819 C820 C821 C822 C823 C824 C825 C826 C827 C828 C829 C830 C901 C902 C903 C904 C905 C906 CN801 CN802 CN803 CN804 D801 D802 D803 D901 IC801 IC802 L801 L802 L803 L804 L901 L902 Q801 Q802 Q803 Q804 Q805 Q806 Q807 Q901 Q902 Q903 R801 R802 R804 R806 R807 R808 R809 R810 R811 R812 R813 R814 R815 R816 R817 R818 R819 R820 R821 R822 R823 R824 R825 R826 R827 R828 R829 C-4 D-4 B-4 B-4 C-4 C-4 C-4 C-4 D-4 C-4 D-3 C-4 D-3 D-3 C-4 C-4 D-3 D-3 D-3 C-3 C-3 C-3 B-3 C-3 B-3 B-3 C-2 B-2 C-2 C-2 C-2 D-2 C-5 B-3 D-3 B-4 C-4 C-4 B-3 A-3 D-4 B-4 C-5 C-5 C-3 C-4 C-3 C-3 B-2 B-4 C-3 C-3 C-3 C-3 B-3 C-2 D-2 B-2 B-3 D-5 C-5 D-4 C-4 C-4 D-4 C-4 C-4 C-4 C-4 C-4 C-4 C-4 B-3 B-3 B-3 C-3 C-3 B-3 B-3 C-3 C-3 C-3 C-3 C-3 C-3 R830 R831 R832 R834 R835 R836 R837 R838 R901 R902 R903 C-3 C-3 C-3 B-3 C-3 B-3 B-3 D-3 D-2 D-3 A-2
ME-020 BOARD
C502 C503 C4401 C4402 C4403 C4404 C4405 C4406 C4410 C4411 C4412 C4413 C4414 C4416 C4417 C4419 C4420 C4421 C4422 C4423 C4424 C4425 C4426 C4427 C4428 C4429 C4430 C4432 C4433 C4434 C4435 C4437 CN401 CN402 CN404 CN502 D401 D402 D407 D501 D502 FB401 FB402 FB403 FB404 FB405 FB406 FB407 FB408 FB409 FB410 FB411 IC501 IC4401 J401 J402 J403 L4401 Q501 Q502 Q503 R401 R402 R501 R502 R505 R508 R509 R4401 R4402 R4403 R4404 R4405 R4406 R4407 R4408 R4409 R4410 R4411 R4412 R4413 R4414 R4415 R4416 R4417 B-2 A-2 B-5 B-5 B-5 B-5 B-5 B-5 B-5 B-5 B-6 B-5 B-5 B-5 B-5 B-5 B-6 B-6 B-6 B-6 B-6 B-6 B-6 B-6 B-6 B-6 B-6 B-7 B-6 B-6 B-7 B-7 B-5 B-7 E-6 B-1 B-7 A-7 B-7 B-1 B-1 B-6 A-6 A-6 B-6 B-5 B-5 B-7 A-7 A-8 A-8 A-8 B-2 B-6 A-6 A-5 A-7 B-7 B-2 B-2 B-2 B-7 A-7 B-2 B-2 B-2 B-2 B-2 B-7 B-7 B-5 B-5 B-6 B-5 B-5 B-5 B-5 B-5 B-6 B-6 B-6 B-6 B-6 B-6 B-6 R4418 R4419 R4420 R4421 R4422 R4423 R4424 R4425 R4427 TH501 VDR401 VDR402 VDR403 VDR404 VDR405 B-6 B-6 B-6 B-6 B-6 B-6 B-6 B-6 B-7 B-2 B-6 B-5 B-5 A-6 A-6
* * * * * * * * * * * * * *
* * * * * *
* * * * *
* * * * *
* * * * * * * * *
PD-166, ME-020
4-106E
DCR-PC101/PC101E
COVER
SECTION 5 ADJUSTMENTS
1.
Before starting adjustment EVR Data Re-writing Procedure When Replacing Board
The data that is stored in the repair board, is not necessarily correct. Perform either procedure 1 or procedure 2 or procedure 3 when replacing board.
Procedure 1
Save the EVR data of the machine in which a board is going to be replaced. Download the saved data after a board is replaced.
(Machine before starting repair) PC PC (Machine after a board is replaced)
Save the EVR data to a personal computer.
Download the saved data to a machine.
Procedure 2
Remove the EEPROM from the board of the machine that is going to be repaired. Install the removed EEPROM to the replaced board.
Remove the EEPROM and install it.
(Former board)
(New board)
Procedure 3
When the data cannot be saved due to defective EEPROM, or when the EEPROM cannot be removed or installed, save the data from the same model of the same destination, and download it.
(Machine to be repaired) PC (Machine to be repaired)
Download the data. Save the data.
(The same model of the same destination)
After the EVR data is saved and downloaded, check the respective items of the EVR data. (Refer to page 5-3 for the items to be checked)
5-1
DCR-PC101/PC101E
1-1. Adjusting items when replacing main parts and boards Adjusting items when replacing main parts When replacing main parts, adjust the items indicated by z in the following table.
Replaced part Block replacement Mounted part replacement
Adjustment Section
Adjustment
Initialization of 8, A, B, C, D, E, F, 1B, 1E, 1F page data Camera
Color EVF
LCD
System control Servo, RF
Video
Mechanism
Initialization of A, D page data Initialization of 8, C page data Initialization of E, F, 1E, 1F page data Initialization of B, 1B page data 66MHz/54MHz origin oscillation adj. HALL adj. MR adj. Flange back adj. MAX GAIN adj. F No. & ND light quality standard data input Mechanical shutter adj. Color reproduction adj. AWB & LV standard data input Auto white balance adj. Steadyshot check CCD black defect adj. VCO adj. Back light adj. RGB AMP adj. Contrast adj. White balance adj. VCO adj. RGB AMP adj. Black limit adj. PSIG GRAY adj. Contrast adj. Center voltage adj. V-COM adj. White balance adj. Touch panel adj. Node uniqe ID No. input CAP FG duty adj. Switching position adj. AGC center level adj. APC & AEQ adj. PLL f0 & LPF f0 adj. Chroma BPF f0 adj. S VIDEO OUT Y level adj. S VIDEO OUT chroma level adj. Tape path adj.
z z z z z
Table 5-1-1 (1)

Note: When replacing the drum assy or mechanism deck, reset the drum rotation counted time. (Refer to Record of Use Check of 5-4. SERVICE MODE)
Lens device Mechanism deck (Note) EVF block LCD903 LCD block LCD901 LCD block ND901 LCD block TA901 Mechanism deck M901 Mechanism deck M902 CF-089 board IC401 CF-089 board IC305 VC-284 board IC1501, X1502 VC-284 board IC1502 VC-284 board IC1801 VC-284 board IC2101 VC-284 board IC1901 VC-284 board IC1902 VC-284 board IC4101 VC-284 board IC4201 VC-284 board IC4202 ME-020 board D501, 502 CF-089 board SE201, 202 PD-166 board IC801 PD-166 board IC802
z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z
5-2
(LCD panel (EVF)) (LCD panel (LCD) (Fluorescent tube) (Touch panel) (Drum assembly) (Note) (Capstan motor) (CCD imager) (S/H) (Timing generator) (A/D converter) (EVR) (DV signal process) (EQ, A/D CONV., PLL) (REC/PB AMP) (Video IN/OUT) (LCD driver (EVF)) (Timing generator (EVF)) (Back light (EVF)) (PITCH, YAW sensor) (LCD driver (LCD)) (Timing generator (LCD))
DCR-PC101/PC101E
Adjusting items when replacing a board or EEPROM When replacing a board or EEPROM, adjust the items indicated by z in the following table.
Replaced part
Adjustment Section
Adjustment
(COMPLETE) (COMPLETE) (COMPLETE) (COMPLETE) (EEP ROM) (EEP ROM) CF-089 board ME-020 board PD-166 board VC-284 board VC-284 board IC2502 VC-284 board IC2906
z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z
Initialization of 8, A, B, C, D, E, F, 1B, 1E, 1F page data Camera
Color EVF
LCD
System control Servo, RF
Video
Mechanism
Initialization of A, D page data Initialization of 8, C page data Initialization of E, F, 1E, 1F page data Initialization of B, 1B page data 66MHz/54MHz origin oscillation adj. HALL adj. MR adj. Flange back adj. MAX GAIN adj. F No. & ND light quality standard data input Mechanical shutter adj. Color reproduction adj. AWB & LV standard data input Auto white balance adj. Steadyshot check CCD black defect adj. VCO adj. Back light adj. RGB AMP adj. Contrast adj. White balance adj. VCO adj. RGB AMP adj. Black limit adj. PSIG GRAY adj. Contrast adj. Center voltage adj. V-COM adj. White balance adj. Touch panel adj. Node uniqe ID No. input CAP FG duty adj. Switching position adj. AGC center level adj. APC & AEQ adj. PLL f0 & LPF f0 adj. Chroma BPF f0 adj. S VIDEO OUT Y level adj. S VIDEO OUT chroma level adj. Tape path adj.
Table 5-1-1 (2)
5-3
Supporting
RadarW
DCR-PC101/PC101E
5-1. CAMERA SECTION ADJUSTMENTS

1-1. PREPARATIONS BEFORE ADJUSTMENT (CAMERA SECTION)
Color monitor Digital voltmeter Parts Code J-6080-058-A Vectorscope Frequency counter Usage Auto white balance adjustment/check White balance adjustment/check J-6080-808-A White balance check J-6080-806-A White balance check J-6080-807-A White balance check J-6082-200-A J-6020-250-A
1-1-1. List of Service Tools Oscilloscope Regulated power supply Ref. No. J-1 Name
Filter for color temperature correction (C14) ND filter 1.0
J-2 J-3 J-4 J-5 J-6 J-7 J-8 J-9 J-10 J-11 J-12
ND filter 0.4 ND filter 0.1 Pattern box PTB-450 Color chart for pattern box
Adjustment remote commander (RM-95 upgraded). J-6082-053-B (Note 1) Siemens star chart J-6080-875-A For checking the flange back Clear chart for pattern box CPC-6 flexible jig (Note 2) CPC-6 terminal board jig Mini pattern box Camera table CPC-jig for LCD panel J-6080-621-A J-6082-370-B J-6082-371-A For adjusting the video section For adjusting the color viewfinder
For adjusting the video section For adjusting the color viewfinder J-6082-353-B For adjusting the flange back
J-6082-384-A For adjusting the flange back J-6082-529-A For adjusting the LCD system Note 2: The old CPC-6 flexible jig (J-6082-370-A) is also usable.
Note 1: If the micro processor IC in the adjustment remote commander is not the new micro processor (UPD7503GC56-12), the pages cannot be switched. In this case, replace with the new micro processor (8-759-148-35). J-1 J-2 J-3
J-4
J-5
J-6
J-7
J-8
J-9
J-10
J-11
J-12
Fig. 5-1-1
5-4
DCR-PC101/PC101E
1-1-2.
Preparations
Pattern box
Note 1: For details of how remove the cabinet and boards, refer to 2. DISASSEMBLY. Note 2: When performing only the adjustments, the lens block and boards need not be disassembled. Note 3: Before perform the adjustment, check that the data of page: 0, address: 10 is 00. If not, select page: 0, address: 10, and set data 00. 1) Connect the equipment for adjustments according to Fig. 5-1-3. Note 4: As removing the NS-014 baord (removing the CF-089 board CN104) means removing the lithium 3V power supply (BT001), data such as date, time, user-set menus will be lost. After completing adjustments, reset these data. If the NS-014 board has been removed, the selfdiagnosis data, data on history of use (total drum rotation time, etc. ) will not be lost. (Refer to SELF-DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION for the self-diagnosis data, and to 5-4. Service Mode for the data on the history use) Note 5: Setting the Forced Camera Power ON Mode 1) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 01. 2) Select page: D, address: 10, set data: 01, and press the PAUSE button of the adjustment remote commander. The above procedure will enable the camera power to be turned on with the power switch (PS-2850 block) removed. After completing adjustments, be sure to exit the Forced Camera Power ON Mode. Note 6: Exiting the Forced Camera Power ON Mode 1) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 01. 2) Select page: D, address: 10, set data: 00, and press the PAUSE button of the adjustment remote commander. 3) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 00.
1.5 m
Front of the lens
Fig. 5-1-2
5-5
DCR-PC101/PC101E
CPC-6 terminal board jig (J-6082-371-A) Adjustment remote commander
Vectorscope
color monitor Audio R (Red)
Terminated at 75
Video (Yellow)
Audio/Video jack Need not connected CN104
LANC jack CN402
ME-020 board CF-089 board

NS-014 board CN101 CN1010 CN1009 CN1005 CN005 DV jack USB jack CN002 AC power adaptor (8.4 Vdc) AC-L10, AC-VQ800 etc. CN404 CN1001
CN001
VC-284 board
CN1006 CN1003
BJ-003 board
DC IN jack
CN007
Must be connected when performing the video or EVF system adjustments. cpc-jig for LCD panel (J-6082-529-A) 6 Must be connected. Must be connected when performing the LCD system adjustments. 1
CN803 CN801
PD-166 board
INVERTER TRANSFORMER UNIT
CN804 CN802
Need not connected
FP-470 FLEXIBLE
Fig. 5-1-3
5-6
CPC-6 flexible jig (J-6082-370-B)
Audio L (White)
DCR-PC101/PC101E
1-1-3. Precaution 1. Setting the Switch Unless otherwise specified, set the switches as follows and perform adjustments without loading cassette. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. POWER switch (PS-2850 block) .......................... CAMERA NIGHT SHOT switch (Lens block) ............................... OFF FOCUS switch (FK-2850 block) ......................... MANUAL BACK LIGHT (FK-2850 block) .................................... OFF COLOR SLOW S/SUPPER NS ..................................... OFF 6. FUNCTION settings of the touch panel DIGITAL EFFECT ...................................................... OFF EXPOSURE .............................................................. AUTO PROGRAM AE (MENU setting) ............................. AUTO PICTURE EFFECT (MENU setting) .......................... OFF WHITE BALANCE (MENU setting) ....................... AUTO DIGITAL ZOOM (MENU setting) ............................. OFF STEADY SHOT (MENUsetting) ................................ OFF DEMO MODE (MENU setting) .................................. OFF
2. Order of Adjustments Basically carry out adjustments in the order given. Color bar chart (Color reproduction adjustment frame)
Yellow Cyan Green White Magenta Red
Electronic beam scanning frame
C
Blue
C=D
D
Yellow Cyan Green White Magenta Red Blue
CRT picture frame
V A B A=B B A Enlargement
Fig. b (monitor TV picture) Fig. a (VIDEO terminal of A/V jack output waveform)
Difference in level
Adjust the camera zoom and direction to obtain the output waveform shown in Fig. a and the monitor TV display shown in Fig. b.
Fig. 5-1-4
3. Subjects 1) Color bar chart (Color reproduction adjustment frame) When performing adjustments using the color bar chart, adjust the picture frame as shown in Fig. 5-1-4. (Color reproduction adjustment frame) 2) Clear chart (Color reproduction adjustment frame) Remove the color bar chart from the pattern box and insert a clear chart in its place. (Do not perform zoom operations during this time) 3) Chart for flange back adjustment Join together a piece of white A0 size paper (1189mm 841 mm) and a piece of black paper to make the chart shown in Fig. 5-1-5. Note: Use a non-reflecting and non-glazing vellum paper. The size must be A0 or larger and the joint between the white and black paper must not have any undulations.
White 841 mm Black
1189 mm
Fig. 5-1-5
5-7
DCR-PC101/PC101E
1-2.
INITIALIZATION OF 8, A, B, C, D, E, F, 1B, 1E, 1F PAGE DATA
[Adjusting Procedure]
1. 2. 3. 4. Initialaizing of A, D Page Data Initialaizing of 8, C Page Data Initialaizing of E, F, 1E, 1F Page Data Initialaizing of B, 1B Page Data
Note 1: If reading/writing data on pages 1B, 1E, 1F, set data: 01 to page: 0, address: 10, and then select pages B, E, F. By this data setting, the pages 1B, 1E, 1F can be selected. After the data reading/writing finished, return the data on page: 0, address: 10 to 00. [Connection of power supply for data initialization] 1) Connect the regulated power supply and a digital voltmeter, as shown in Fig.5-1-6. 2) Adjust the output voltage of the regulated power supply so that the digital voltmeter indicates 6.0 0.1Vdc. 3) Turn off the power switch. 4) Turn on the HOLD switch of the adjusting remote commander. 5) Turn on the power switch. 6) Initialize the data. Note 2: Though the following message will be displayed on the LCD screen, this is normal. Use info lithium battery
Regulated power supply 6.0 0.1 Vdc
Digital voltmeter
Fig. 5-1-6
5-8
DCR-PC101/PC101E
1-2-1. Initialization of A, D Page Data Note: Check that the data of page: 0, address: 10 is 00. 1. Initializing of A, D Page Data Note 1: If the A, D page data has been initialized, the following adjustments need to be performed again. 1) Modification of A, D page data 2) Touch panel adjustment Note 2: Check that the voltage of power supply is 6.0 0.1Vdc. Note 3: NTSC model: DCR-PC101 PAL model: DCR-PC101E Adjustment Page Adjustment Address Adjustment Page Adjustment Address A 10 to FF D 10 to 67
2. Modification of A, D Page Data If the A, D page data has been initialized, change the data of theFixed data-2 address shown in the following table by manual input. Modifying Method: 1) Before changing the data, select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 01. 2) New data for changing are not shown in the tables because they are different in destination. When changing the data, copy the data built in the same model. Note 1: If copy the data built in the different model, the camcorder may not operate. 3) When changing the data, press the PAUSE button of the adjustment remote commander each time when setting new data to write the data in the non-volatile memory. 4) Check that the data of adjustment addresses is the initial value. If not, change the data to the initial value. Processing after Completing Modification A, D page data: Order Page Address Data 1 2 2 00 01 29 29 Press PAUSE button. Procedure
A page initializing method: Order Page Address Data 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 D page initializing method: Order Page Address Data 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 0 7 7 7 7 2 2 01 10 03 00 01 02 00 01 29 29 Press PAUSE button. Perform Modification of A, D Page Data 22 22 Press PAUSE button. Check the data changes to 01. 01 00 Set the following data 06: NTSC model 86: PAL model Procedure 0 0 7 7 7 7 2 2 01 10 03 00 01 02 00 01 29 29 Press PAUSE button. Perform Modification of A, D Page Data 20 20 Press PAUSE button. Check the data changes to 01. 01 00 Set the following data 06: NTSC model 86: PAL model Procedure
Note 2: If the following symptoms occur after completing of theModification A, D page data, check that the data of the Fixed data-2 addresses of A, D page are same as those of the same model of the same destination. 1) E: 20: 00 of self-diagnosis code on LCD screen is flashing. 2) The power is shut off so that unit cannot operate.
5-9
DCR-PC101/PC101E
3. A Page table Note 1: Check that the data of page: 0, address: 10 is 00. Note 2: Fixed data-1: Initialized data. (Refer to 1. Initializing the A, D Page Data) Fixed data-2: Modified data. (Refer to 2. Modification of A, D Page Data) Address 10 to 17 18 19 to 2E 2F 30 to 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 to 8F 90 91 92 93 94 to A0 A1 A2 to CF D0 D1 D2 to FF Fixed data-2 Fixed data-1 (Initialized data) D0 1E D0 15 D0 1E C3 1E Fixed data-1 (Initialized data) Fixed data-2 Fixed data-1 (Initialized data) Touch panel adj. Initial value NTSC PAL Fixed data-2 Fixed data-1 (Initialized data) Fixed data-2 Fixed data-1 (Initialized data) Fixed data-2 Fixed data-1 (Initialized data) Fixed data-2 Fixed data-1 (Initialized data) Fixed data-2 Fixed data-1 (Initialized data) Remark Fixed data-1 (Initialized data)
4. D Page table Note 1: Check that the data of page: 0, address: 10 is 00. Note 2: Fixed data-1: Initialized data. (Refer to 1. Initializing the A, D Page Data) Fixed data-2: Modified data. (Refer to 2. Modification of A, D Page Data) Address 10 11 12 13 to 15 16 17 to 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 to 29 2A 2B 2C to 36 37 38 39 3A 3B to 53 54 55 56 to 5E 5F 60 to 67 Fixed data-2 Fixed data-1 (Initialized data) Fixed data-2 Fixed data-1 (Initialized data) Fixed data-2 Fixed data-1 (Initialized data) Fixed data-2 Fixed data-1 (Initialized data) Fixed data-2 Fixed data-1 (Initialized data) Fixed data-1 (Initialized data) Fixed data-2 Initial value NTSC PAL 00 00 Test mode Fixed data-1 (Initialized data) Fixed data-2 Fixed data-1 (Initialized data) Fixed data-2 Fixed data-1 (Initialized data) Remark
5-10
DCR-PC101/PC101E
1-2-2. Initialization of 8, C Page Data Note: Check that the data of page: 0, address: 10 is 00. 1. Initializing of 8, C Page Data Note1: If Initialization of Pages 8, C is executed, all data on pages 8, C are initialized. (Only an individual page cannot be initialized) Note 2: If the 8, C page data has been initialized, the following adjustments need to be performed again. 1) Modification of 8, C page data 2) Color electronic viewfinder system adjustments 3) LCD system adjustments 4) Node unique ID No. input 5) Servo, RF system adjustments 6) Video system adjustments Note 3: Check that the voltage of power supply is 6.0 0.1Vdc. Adjustment Page Adjustment Address Adjustment Page Adjustment Address Initializing method: Order Page Address Data 1 2 3 4 5 6 0 0 3 3 3 01 10 81 80 80 0C 01 00 Check the data changes to 00. Press PAUSE button. Check the data changes to 1C. Perform Modification of 8, C Page Data Procedure 8 00 to A3 C 10 to FF
2. Modification of 8, C Page Data If the 8, C page data has been initialized, change the data of the Fixed data-2 address shown in the following table by manual input. Modifying Method: 1) Before changing the data, select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 01. 2) New data for changing are not shown in the tables because they are different in destination. When changing the data, copy the data built in the same model. Note: If copy the data built in the different model, the camcorder may not operate. 3) When changing the data, press the PAUSE button of the adjustment remote commander each time when setting new data to write the data in the non-volatile memory. 4) Check that the data of adjustment addresses is the initial value. If not, change the data to the initial value. Processing after Completing Modification 8, C page data: Order Page Address Data 1 2 2 2 00 01 29 29 Press PAUSE button. Procedure
5-11
DCR-PC101/PC101E
3. 8 Page table Note 1: Check that the data of page: 0, address: 10 is 00. Note 2: Fixed data-1: Initialized data. (Refer to 1. Initializing the 8, C Page Data) Fixed data-2: Modified data. (Refer to 2. Modification of 8, C Page Data) Address 00 to 18 19 1A to 2E 2F 30 to 3A 3B 3C to 49 4A 4B to 51 52 53 to 59 5A 5B to 61 62 63 to 79 7A 7B 7C 7D 7E 7F 80 81 82 83 84 to 89 8A 8B 8C 8D 8E 8F 90 91 92 93 94 to A3 08 00 46 01 02 00 00 00 08 00 46 01 02 00 00 00 Fixed data-1 (Initialized data) Node unique ID No. input Fixed data-1 (Initialized data) Fixed data-2 Fixed data-1 (Initialized data) Fixed data-2 Initial value NTSC PAL Fixed data-2 Fixed data-1 (Initialized data) Fixed data-2 Fixed data-1 (Initialized data) Fixed data-2 Fixed data-1 (Initialized data) Fixed data-2 Fixed data-1 (Initialized data) Fixed data-2 Fixed data-1 (Initialized data) Fixed data-2 Fixed data-1 (Initialized data) Fixed data-2 Fixed data-1 (Initialized data) Remark Fixed data-1 (Initialized data)
4. C Page table Note 1: Check that the data of page: 0, address: 10 is 00. Note 2: Fixed data-1: Initialized data. (Refer to 1. Initializing the 8, C Page Data) Fixed data-2: Modified data. (Refer to 2. Modification of 8, C Page Data) Address 10 11 12 13 14, 15 16 17 18 19 1A 1B 1C 1D 1E 1F 20 21 22 23, 24 25 26 27 28 29 2A, 2B 2C 2D to 4E 4F 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 5A 5B 5C 5D 5E 5F Fixed data-2 8D 73 35 8D 73 35 Contrast adj. (EVF) Fixed data-1 (Initialized data) 8A 88 6F CF 46 63 6F CF 9B 7D Fixed data-2 RGB AMP adj. (EVF) Fixed data-1 (Initialized data) White balance adj. (EVF) VCO adj. (EVF) 03 03 88 E3 A1 04 20 88 E3 A1 04 20 Chroma BPF f0 adj. PLL f0 & LPF f0 adj. Fixed data-1 (Initialized data) APC & AEQ adj. Fixed data-1 (Initialized data) Back light adj. (EVF) 25 3E 3E DC 99 25 3E 3E DC 99 APC & AEQ adj. PLL f0 & LPF f0 adj. Fixed data-1 (Initialized data) S VIDEO OUT Y level adj. S VIDEO OUT chroma level adj. 32 32 32 32 Fixed data-1 (Initialized data) AGC center level adj. PLL f0 & LPF f0 adj. 2A 2A 2A 2A Fixed data-1 (Initialized data) APC & AEQ adj. E0 E0 Initial value NTSC PAL EE 00 00 00 EE 00 00 00 Fixed data-1 (Initialized data) CAP FG duty adj. Fixed data-1 (Initialized data) APC & AEQ adj. Switching position adj. Remark
5-12
DCR-PC101/PC101E
C Page table Initial value Address NTSC PAL 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 6A 6B 6C 6D 6E 6F 70 71 72 73 to 75 76 77 to 79 7A 7B to 80 81 82 83 to 88 89 8A 8B 8C 8D to A9 AA AB AC AD AE AF B0 to C0 C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7, C8 C9 CA Fixed data-2 Fixed data-2 Fixed data-2 Fixed data-2 Fixed data-2 Fixed data-2 77 8C A2 A3 07 3E 7D 65 19 37 8C 77 A2 A3 07 3E 7D 65 19 37 Fixed data-2
Remark
Address CB CC CD CE CF, D0 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 D8 D9 DA DB DC
Initial value NTSC PAL
Remark
VCO adj. (LCD) V-COM adj. (LCD) RGB AMP adj. (LCD) Black limit adj. (LCD) PSIG GRAY adj. (LCD) White balance adj. (LCD) Contrast adj. (LCD) Center voltage adj. (LCD)
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1 (Initialized data) Fixed data-2 Fixed data-1 (Initialized data) Fixed data-2 Fixed data-1 (Initialized data) Fixed data-2 Fixed data-1 (Initialized data) Fixed data-2 Fixed data-1 (Initialized data)
Fixed data-1 (Initialized data) Fixed data-2 Fixed data-1 (Initialized data) Fixed data-2 Fixed data-1 (Initialized data) Fixed data-2 Fixed data-1 (Initialized data)
DD DE DF E0, E1 E2 E3 E4, E5 E6 E7 E8 E9 to ED EE EF to F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8 F9 FA FB FC FD FE FF 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 Emergency memory address Fixed data-2 Fixed data-1 (Initialized data) Fixed data-2 Fixed data-1 (Initialized data) Fixed data-2 Fixed data-1 (Initialized data) Fixed data-2 Fixed data-1 (Initialized data) Fixed data-1 (Initialized data) Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1 (Initialized data)
Fixed data-1 (Initialized data) Fixed data-2 Fixed data-1 (Initialized data) Fixed data-2 Fixed data-1 (Initialized data)
Fixed data-1 (Initialized data) Fixed data-2 Fixed data-1 (Initialized data)
Fixed data-1 (Initialized data)
5-13
DCR-PC101/PC101E
1-2-3. Initialization of E, F, 1E, 1F Page Data Note: If reading/writing data on pages 1E, 1F, set data: 01 to page: 0, address: 10, and then select pages E, F. By this data setting, the pages 1E, 1F can be selected. After the data reading/writing finished, return the data on page: 0, address: 10 to 00. 1. Initializing of E, F, 1E, 1F Page Data Note 1: If Initialization of Pages E, F, 1E, 1F is executed, all data on pages E, F, 1E, 1F are initialized. (Only an individual page cannot be initialized) Note 2: If the E, F, 1E, 1F page data has been initialized, the following adjustments need to be performed again. 1) Modification of E, F, 1E, 1F page data 2) Camera system adjustments Note 3: Check that the voltage of power supply is 6.0 0.1Vdc. Note 4: NTSC model: DCR-PC101 PAL model: DCR-PC101E Adjustment Page Adjustment Address Adjustment Page Adjustment Address Adjustment Page Adjustment Address Adjustment Page Adjustment Address Initializing method: Order Page Address Data 1 2 3 0 0 6 01 10 01 01 00 Set the following data, and press PAUSE button. 2D: NTSC model 2F: PAL model 01 Press PAUSE button. Check the data changes to 01. Perform Modification of E, F, 1E, 1F Page Data Procedure E 00 to FF F 10 to FF 1E 00 to BF 1F 00 to FF
2. Modification of E, F, 1E, 1F Page Data If the E, F, 1E, 1F page data has been initialized, change the data of the Fixed data-2 address shown in the following table by manual input. Modifying Method: 1) Before changing the data, select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 01. 2) If modification of data on pages E, F, set data: 01 to page: 0, address: 00, and then select pages E, F. 3) If modification of data on pages 1E, 1F, set data: 01 to page: 0, address: 10, and then select pages E, F. After the modification of data finished, return the data on page: 0, address: 10 to 00. 4) New data for changing are not shown in the tables because they are different in destination. When changing the data, copy the data built in the same model. Note: If copy the data built in the different model, the camcorder may not operate. 5) When changing the data, press the PAUSE button of the adjustment remote commander each time when setting new data to write the data in the non-volatile memory. 6) Check that the data of adjustment addresses is the initial value. If not, change the data to the initial value. Processing after Completing Modification E, F, 1E, 1F page data: Order Page Address Data 1 2 3 4 0 2 2 10 00 01 00 29 29 Press PAUSE button. Perform 66MHz/54MHz Origin Oscillation Adjustment of CAMERA SYSTEM ADJUSTMENTS Procedure
4 5 6
6 6
03 02
5-14
DCR-PC101/PC101E
3. E Page table Note 1: Check that the data of page: 0, address: 10 is 00. Note 2: Fixed data-1: Initialized data. (Refer to 1. Initializing the E, F, 1E, 1F Page Data) Fixed data-2: Modified data. (Refer to 2. Modification of E, F, 1E, 1F Page Data) Address 00 to 04 05 06, 07 08 09 0A 0B 0C 0D 0E 0F 10 11 to 18 19 1A 1B 1C 1D 1E 1F 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 to 31 32 33 to 37 38 39 3A, 3B 3C 3D 3E 3F 40, 41 42 43 44 45 46 Fixed data-2 Fixed data-1 (Initialized data) Fixed data-2 Fixed data-1 (Initialized data) Fixed data-2 Fixed data-2 Fixed data-1 (Initialized data) Fixed data-1 (Initialized data) Fixed data-2 Fixed data-1 (Initialized data) Fixed data-2 Fixed data-1 (Initialized data) Fixed data-2 Fixed data-2 Fixed data-1 (Initialized data) Fixed data-1 (Initialized data) Fixed data-2 Fixed data-1 (Initialized data) Fixed data-2 Fixed data-1 (Initialized data) Fixed data-2 Fixed data-1 (Initialized data) Fixed data-2 Fixed data-1 (Initialized data) Fixed data-2 Initial value NTSC PAL Fixed data-2 Fixed data-1 (Initialized data) Remark Fixed data-1 (Initialized data)
Address 47 48 49 4A 4B 4C 4D 4E 4F 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 to 5A 5B 5C to 65 66 67 68 69 6A to 6E 6F 70 71 to 85 86 87 to B1 B2 B3 B4 to B9 BA BB BC to C6 C7 C8 to DF E0 E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 E7 E8 E9 EA EB to EF F0
Initial value NTSC PAL
Remark
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1 (Initialized data) Fixed data-2 Fixed data-1 (Initialized data)
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1 (Initialized data) Fixed data-2 Fixed data-1 (Initialized data) Fixed data-2 Fixed data-1 (Initialized data) Fixed data-2 Fixed data-1 (Initialized data) Fixed data-2 Fixed data-1 (Initialized data) Fixed data-2 Fixed data-1 (Initialized data)
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1 (Initialized data) Fixed data-2
5-15
DCR-PC101/PC101E
E Page table Address F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8 F9 FA to FF Fixed data-1 (Initialized data) Fixed data-2 Fixed data-1 (Initialized data) Fixed data-2 Fixed data-1 (Initialized data) Fixed data-2 Fixed data-1 (Initialized data) Fixed data-2 Initial value NTSC PAL Remark
4. F Page table Note 1: Check that the data of page: 0, address: 10 is 00. Note 2: Fixed data-1: Initialized data. (Refer to 1. Initializing the E, F, 1E, 1F Page Data) Fixed data-2: Modified data. (Refer to 2. Modification of E, F, 1E, 1F Page Data) Address 10 11, 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 1A 1B 1C 1D 1E 1F 20 21 22 23 24 to 2F 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 3A to 3F 40 41 42, 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 4A 4B 4C 4D 2C 10 5A 50 3F 10 39 C2 1E 2E 2C 10 5A 50 3F 10 39 C2 1E 2E Flange back adj. Auto white balance adj. 01 E8 01 E8 26 26 2C 2C 4D 3E 64 59 96 7A 4D 3E 64 59 96 7A Auto white balance adj. Fixed data-1 (Initialized data) Color reproduction adj. Fixed data-1 (Initialized data) Color reproduction adj. Fixed data-1 (Initialized data) Color reproduction adj. Fixed data-1 (Initialized data) AWB & LV standard data input 28 70 28 40 80 D8 A0 80 7A 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 28 70 28 40 80 D8 A0 80 7A 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 Fixed data-1 (Initialized data) F No. & ND light quality standard data input MAX GAIN adj. AWB & LV standard data input Hall adj. Initial value NTSC PAL 40 40 Remark 66MHz/54MHz origin oscillation adj. Fixed data-1 (Initialized data)
5-16
DCR-PC101/PC101E
F Page table Address 4E 4F 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 5A 5B 5C 5D 5E 5F 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 to 71 72 73 74, 75 76 77 78 79 7A 7B 7C 7D 7E 7F 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 40 00 34 00 30 00 2A 00 28 00 40 3A 31 31 35 1E 80 80 80 80 40 00 34 00 30 00 2A 00 28 00 40 3A 31 31 35 1E 80 80 80 80 Mechanical shutter adj. 80 80 80 80 40 C0 40 C0 40 C0 40 C0 80 80 80 80 40 C0 40 C0 40 C0 40 C0 Fixed data-1 (Initialized data) Fixed data-2 Fixed data-1 (Initialized data) MR adj. Initial value NTSC PAL 00 00 00 00 6E 19 00 19 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 6E 19 00 19 00 00 00 MR adj./Flange back adj. Fixed data-1 (Initialized data) Flange back adj. Remark Address 8A 8B 8C to 97 98 99 9A 9B 9C 9D to A0 A1 A2 to A7 A8 A9 AA AB AC to CF D0 D1 to D6 D7 D8 D9 DA DB DC DD DE DF E0 to E3 E4 E5, E6 E7 E8 E9 EA EB to F4 F5 F6 F7 F8 F9 FA to FD FE FF Fixed data-1 (Initialized data) Fixed data-2 Fixed data-1 (Initialized data) Fixed data-2 Fixed data-2 Fixed data-1 (Initialized data) Fixed data-2 Fixed data-1 (Initialized data) Fixed data-1 (Initialized data) Fixed data-2 Fixed data-1 (Initialized data) Fixed data-2 Fixed data-1 (Initialized data) Fixed data-2 Fixed data-1 (Initialized data) Fixed data-2 Fixed data-1 (Initialized data) Fixed data-2 Fixed data-1 (Initialized data) Fixed data-2 Fixed data-1 (Initialized data) Fixed data-2 Fixed data-1 (Initialized data) Fixed data-2 Initial value NTSC PAL 80 80 80 80 Mechanical shutter adj. Fixed data-1 (Initialized data) Remark
5-17
DCR-PC101/PC101E
5. 1E Page table Note 1: If reading/writing data on pages 1E, set data: 01 to page: 0, address: 10, and then select pages E. By this data setting, the pages 1E can be selected. After the data reading/writing finished, return the data on page: 0, address: 10 to 00. Note 2: Fixed data-1: Initialized data. (Refer to 1. Initializing the E, F, 1E, 1F Page Data) Fixed data-2: Modified data. (Refer to 2. Modification of E, F, 1E, 1F Page Data) Address 00 to 0F 10 11 to 1F 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 2A 2B 2C 2D 2E 2F 30 to 71 72 73 74 to 81 82 83 to 85 86 87 to 91 92 93 to BF Fixed data-2 Fixed data-1 (Initialized data) Fixed data-2 Fixed data-1 (Initialized data) Fixed data-2 Fixed data-1 (Initialized data) Fixed data-2 Fixed data-1 (Initialized data) 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 Fixed data-1 (Initialized data) CCD black defect adj. Initial value NTSC PAL Fixed data-2 Fixed data-1 (Initialized data) Remark Fixed data-1 (Initialized data)
5-18
DCR-PC101/PC101E
6. 1F Page table Note 1: If reading/writing data on pages 1F, set data: 01 to page: 0, address: 10, and then select pages F. By this data setting, the pages 1F can be selected. After the data reading/writing finished, return the data on page: 0, address: 10 to 00. Note 2: Fixed data-1: Initialized data. (Refer to 1. Initializing the E, F, 1E, 1F Page Data) Fixed data-2: Modified data. (Refer to 2. Modification of E, F, 1E, 1F Page Data) Address 00 01 02 to 26 27 28 to 2C 2D 2E to 38 39 3A to 4F 50 51 52 53 54 55 to 58 59 5A 5B 5C to 6F 70 71 72 to 9F A0 A1 to AB AC AD AE, AF B0 B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 to B7 B8 B9 BA BB to BD BE BF C0 to C9 CA Fixed data-1 (Initialized data) Fixed data-2 Fixed data-1 (Initialized data) Fixed data-2 Fixed data-2 Fixed data-1 (Initialized data) Fixed data-2 Fixed data-1 (Initialized data) Fixed data-2 Fixed data-1 (Initialized data) Fixed data-2 Fixed data-1 (Initialized data) Fixed data-2 Fixed data-1 (Initialized data) Fixed data-2 Fixed data-1 (Initialized data) Fixed data-2 Fixed data-1 (Initialized data) Fixed data-2 Initial value NTSC PAL Fixed data-2 Fixed data-1 (Initialized data) Fixed data-2 Fixed data-1 (Initialized data) Fixed data-2 Fixed data-1 (Initialized data) Fixed data-2 Fixed data-1 (Initialized data) Remark Fixed data-1 (Initialized data)
Address CB CC CD CE CF to D1 D2 D3 D4 to D6 D7 D8 to F5 F6 F7 F8 to FF
Initial value NTSC PAL Fixed data-2
Remark
Fixed data-1 (Initialized data) Fixed data-2 Fixed data-1 (Initialized data) Fixed data-2 Fixed data-1 (Initialized data) Fixed data-2 Fixed data-1 (Initialized data) Fixed data-2 Fixed data-1 (Initialized data)
5-19
DCR-PC101/PC101E
1-2-4. Initialization of B, 1B Page Data Note: If reading/writing data on pages 1B, set data: 01 to page: 0, address: 10, and then select pages B. By this data setting, the pages 1B can be selected. After the data reading/writing finished, return the data on page: 0, address: 10 to 00. 1. Initializing of B, 1B Page Data Note 1: If Initialization of Pages B, 1B is executed, all data on pages B, 1B are initialized. (Only an individual page cannot be initialized) Note 2: If the B, 1B page data has been initialized, the following adjustments need to be performed again. 1) Modification of B, 1B page data Note 3: Check that the voltage of power supply is 6.0 0.1Vdc. Adjustment Page Adjustment Address Adjustment Page Adjustment Address Initializing method: Order Page Address Data 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 0 0 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 01 10 02 01 00 02 0E 03 01 00 0E 00 20 FA 01 01 00 FF F3 01 Press PAUSE button. Press PAUSE button. Check the data changes to 00. Press PAUSE button. Press PAUSE button. Press PAUSE button. Press PAUSE button. Check the data changes to 01. Turn off the power supply, then turn on them again. Perform Modification of B Page Data Procedure B 00 to FF 1B 00 to FF
2. Modification of B, 1B Page Data If the B, 1B page data has been initialized, change the data of the Fixed data-2 address shown in the following table by manual input. Modifying Method: 1) Before changing the data, select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 01. 2) If modification of data on pages B, set data: 01 to page: 0, address: 00, and then select pages B. 3) If modification of data on pages 1B, set data: 01 to page: 0, address: 10, and then select pages B. After the modification of data finished, return the data on page: 0, address: 10 to 00. 4) New data for changing are not shown in the tables because they are different in destination. When changing the data, copy the data built in the same model. Note: If copy the data built in the different model, the camcorder may not operate. 5) When changing the data, press the PAUSE button of the adjustment remote commander each time when setting new data to write the data in the non-volatile memory. 6) Check that the data of adjustment addresses is the initial value. If not, change the data to the initial value. Processing after Completing Modification B page data: Order Page Address Data 1 2 2 2 00 01 29 29 Press PAUSE button. Procedure
3. B Page table Note 1: Check that the data of page: 0, address: 10 is 00. Note 2: Fixed data-1: Initialized data. (Refer to 1. Initializing the B, 1B Page Data) Fixed data-2: Modified data. (Refer to 2. Modification of B, 1B Page Data) Address 00 to FF Initial value NTSC PAL Remark Fixed data-1 (Initialized data)
4. 1B Page table Note 1: If reading/writing data on pages 1B, set data: 01 to page: 0, address: 10, and then select pages B. By this data setting, the pages 1B can be selected. After the data reading/writing finished, return the data on page: 0, address: 10 to 00. Note 2: Fixed data-1: Initialized data. (Refer to 1. Initializing the B, 1B Page Data) Fixed data-2: Modified data. (Refer to 2. Modification of B, 1B Page Data) Address 00 to FF Initial value NTSC PAL Remark Fixed data-1 (Initialized data)
5-20
DCR-PC101/PC101E
1-3. CAMERA SYSTEM ADJUSTMENTS Before perform the camera system adjustments, check that the specified values of VIDEO SYSTEM ADJUSTMENTS are satisfied. (Except 66MHz/54MHz Origin Oscillation Adjustment) Check that the data of page: 0, address: 10 is 00. If not, select page: 0, address: 10, and set the data 00. 1. 66MHz/54MHz Origin Oscillation Adjustment Set the frequency of the clock for synchronization. If deviated, the synchronization will be disrupted and the color will become inconsistent. Subject Measurement Point Measuring Instrument Adjustment Page Adjustment Address Specified value Not required Pin wf of IC1501 Frequency counter F 10 f = 33000000 165 Hz (NTSC) f = 27000000 135 Hz (PAL)
RadarW 2. HALL Adjustment RadarW For detecting the position of lens iris and ND filter, adjust the hall AMP gain and offset.
Subject Measurement Point Measuring Instrument Adjustment Page Adjustment Address Specified value 1 Specified value 2 Specified value 3 Specified value 4 Not required Displayed data of page: 1 (Note 1) Adjusting remote commander F 13 to 18 D4 to DC 24 to 2C D2 to DE 22 to 2E
Note 1: Check that the data of page: 0, address: 10 is 00. Note 2: NTSC model: DCR-PC101 PAL model: DCR-PC101E Adjusting method: Order Page Address Data 1 2 3 4 0 F F 0 01 10 10 01 00 01 Change the data and set the frequency (f) to the specified value. Press PAUSE button. Procedure
Note 1: The right four digits of the page: 1 displayed data of the adjusting remote commander. 1 : XX : XX IRIS displayed data ND displayed data Note 2: Check that the data of page: 0, address: 10 is 00. Switch setting 1) POWER .................................................................. CAMERA Adjusting method: Order Page Address Data 1 2 3 4 0 6 6 6 01 01 02 01 00 01 6D Press PAUSE button. (Note 3) Check the data changes to 01. Press PAUSE button. Procedure
Note 3: The adjustment data will be automatically input to page: F, address: 13 to 18. Checking method:
12 13 24 25
1 48 37 36
Order Page Address Data 1 2 3 0 6 1 6 1 6 1 6 1 01 6B 01 69 01 01 03 01 03 03
Procedure Press PAUSE button. Check that the IRIS displayed data (Note 1) satisfied the specified value 1. Press PAUSE button. Check that the IRIS displayed data (Note 1) satisfied the specified value 2. Press PAUSE button. Check that the ND displayed data (Note 1) satisfied the specified value 3. Press PAUSE button. Check that the ND displayed data (Note 1) satisfied the specified value 4.
VC-284 board
4 5 6 7
Fig. 5-1-7
8 9
Processing after Completing Adjustment: Order Page Address Data 1 2 3 6 0 0 01 03 01 00 00 00 Procedure Press PAUSE button.
5-21
DCR-PC101/PC101E
3. MR Adjustment RadarW The inner focus lens MR adjustment is carried out automatically. In whichever case, the focus will be deviated during auto focusing/manual focusing. Subject Measurement Point Measuring Instrument Adjustment Page Adjustment Address Specified value 1 Specified value 2 Specified value 3 Note 1: Note 2: Note 3: Note 4: F 58, 5A to 65 40 to C0 03 to 78 88 to FD Not required Adjusting remote commander
Perform the adjustment with the lens in horizontal state. Perform Flange Back Adjustment after this adjustment. Check that the data of page: 0, address: 10 is 00. Check that the data of page: 6, address: 02 is 00. If not, turn the power of unit OFF/ON.
Switch setting 1) POWER ................................................................... CAMERA Adjusting method: Order Page Address Data 1 2 3 0 6 6 01 01 02 5A 5B 5C 5D 5E 60 62 64 5F 61 63 65 01 BD Press PAUSE button. (Note 5) Check the data changes to 01. Check that the data of each address satisfied the specified value 1. Check that the data of each address satisfied the specified value 2. Check that the data of each address satisfied the specified value 3. Procedure
Note 5: The adjustment data will be automatically input to page: F, address: 58, 5A to 65. Processing after Completing Adjustment: Order Page Address Data 1 2 6 0 01 01 00 00 Procedure Press PAUSE button.
5-22
DCR-PC101/PC101E
4.
Flange Back Adjustment RadarW (Using the minipattern box) The inner focus lens flange back adjustment is carried out automatically. In whichever case, the focus will be deviated during auto focusing/manual focusing. Subject Measurement Point Measuring Instrument Adjustment Page Adjustment Address Specified value F 48 to 58 Data of page: F, address: 57 is 00 to 0B Siemens star chart with ND filter for minipattern box (Note 1) Adjusting remote commander
Adjusting method: Order Page Address Data 1 2 3 4 5 0 6 6 6 F 01 01 01 02 57 01 13 27 Press PAUSE button. Press PAUSE button. (Note 7) Check the data changes to 01. Check the data is 00 to 0B. Procedure
Note 7: The adjustment data will be automatically input to page: F, address: 48 to 58. Processing after Completing Adjustment: Order Page Address Data 1 2 3 4 6 0 01 01 00 00 Turn OFF the main power supply. Perform Flange Back Check. Procedure Press PAUSE button.
Note 1: Dark Siemens star chart. Note 2: Perform HALL Adjustment MR Adjustment before this adjustment. Note 3: Perform the adjustment with the lens in horizontal state. Note 4: Check that the data of page: 0, address: 10 is 00. Note 5: Check that the data of page: 6, address: 02 is 00. If not, turn the power of unit OFF/ON. Switch setting 1) POWER ................................................................... CAMERA 2) NIGHT SHOT .................................................................. OFF 3) COLOR SLOW SHUTTER ............................................ OFF Preparations before adjustments: 1) The minipattern box is installed as shown in the following figure. Note 6: The attachment lenses are not used. 2) Install the minipattern box so that the distance between it and the front of lens of camcorder is less than 3 cm. 3) Make the height of minipattern box and the camera equal. 4) Check the output voltage of the regulated power supply is the specified voltage 0.01 Vdc. 5) Check that the center of Siemens star chart meets the center of shot image screen with the zoom lens at TELE end and WIDE end respectively. Specified voltage: The specified voltage varies according to the minipattern box, so adjust the power supply output voltage to the specified voltage written on the sheet which is supplied with the minipattern box.
Below 3 cm Minipattern box Camcorder Camera table Regulated power supply Output voltage : Specified voltage 0.01 Vdc Output current : more than 3.5 A
Red (+) Black () Yellow (SENS +) White (SENS ) Black (GND) Need not connected
Fig.5-1-8
5-23
DCR-PC101/PC101E
5.
Flange Back Adjustment (Using the flange back adjustment chart and Subject More than 500 m Away) The inner focus lens flange back adjustment is carried out automatically. In whichever case, the focus will be deviated during auto focusing/manual focusing. 5-1. Subject
5-2. Flange Back Adjustment (2) RadarW Perform this adjustment after performing Flange Back Adjustment (1). Subject Subject more than 500 m away (Subject with clear contrast such as buildings, etc.) Adjusting remote commander F 48 to 58 Data of page: F, address: 57 is 00 to 0B
RadarW Flange Back Adjustment (1) RadarW

Flange back adjustment chart (2.0 m from the front of lens) (Luminance: 300 to 400 lux) Adjusting remote commander F 48 to 58 Data of page: F, address: 57 is 00 to 0B
Measurement Point Measuring Instrument Adjustment Page Adjustment Address Specified value
Measurement Point Measuring Instrument Adjustment Page Adjustment Address Specified value
Note 1: Perform the adjustment with the lens in horizontal state. Note 2: Check that the data of page: 0, address: 10 is 00. Note 3: Check that the data of page: 6, address: 02 is 00. If not, turn the power of unit OFF/ON. Switch setting 1) POWER ................................................................... CAMERA 2) NIGHT SHOT .................................................................. OFF 3) COLOR SLOW SHUTTER ............................................ OFF Preparations before adjustments: 1) Set the zoom lens to the TELE end and expose a subject that is more than 500 m away. (Subjects with clear contrast such as building, etc.) (Nearby subjects less than 500 m away should not be in the screen) Adjusting method: Order Page Address Data 1 2 3 4 6 6 F 01 02 57 29 0 6 01 01 01 13 Press PAUSE button. Place ND filter on the lens so that the optimum image is obtain. Press PAUSE button. (Note 4) Check the data changes to 01. Check the data is 00 to 0B. Procedure
Note 1: Perform HALL Adjustment and MR Adjustment before this adjustment. Note 2: Perform the adjustment with the lens in horizontal state. Note 3: Check that the data of page: 0, address: 10 is 00. Note 4: Check that the data of page: 6, address: 02 is 00. If not, turn the power of unit OFF/ON. Switch setting 1) POWER ................................................................... CAMERA 2) NIGHT SHOT .................................................................. OFF 3) COLOR SLOW SHUTTER ............................................ OFF Preparations before adjustments: 1) Check that the center of Flange back adjustment chart meets the center of shot image screen with the zoom lens at TELE end and WIDE end respectively. Adjusting method: Order Page Address Data 1 2 3 4 5 0 6 6 6 F 01 01 01 02 57 01 13 15 Press PAUSE button. Press PAUSE button. (Note 5) Check the data changes to 01. Check the data is 00 to 0B. Procedure
5 6
Note 4: The adjustment data will be automatically input to page: F, address: 48 to 58. Processing after Completing Adjustment: Order Page Address Data Procedure Press PAUSE button. Turn OFF the main power supply. Perform Flange Back Check. 1 2 3 6 0 01 01 00 00
Note 5: The adjustment data will be automatically input to page: F, address: 48 to 58. Processing after Completing Adjustment: Order Page Address Data 1 2 3 4 6 0 01 01 00 00 Turn OFF the main power supply. Perform Flange Back Adjustment (2). Procedure Press PAUSE button.
5-24
DCR-PC101/PC101E
6.
Flange Back Check Siemens star (2.0 m from the front of the lens) (Luminance: approx. 200 lux) Check operation on monitor TV Focused at the TELE end and WIDE end
Subject
7. MAX GAIN Adjustment RadarW Setting the minimum illumination. If it is not consistent, the image level required for taking subjects in low illuminance will not be produced (dark). Subject Clear chart (1.0 m from the front of the lens) (Note 2) F 19
Measurement Point Measuring Instrument Specified value
Adjustment Page Adjustment Address
Note 1: Check that the data of page: 0, address: 10 is 00. Switch setting 1) POWER ................................................................... CAMERA 2) NIGHT SHOT .................................................................. OFF Note 2: When the auto focus is ON, the lens can be checked if it is focused or not by observing the data on the page: 1 of the adjusting remote commander. 1 : 00 : XX Odd: Focused Even: Unfocused Preparations before adjustments: 1) Place the Siemens star 2.0 m from the front of the lens. 2) To open the IRIS, decrease the luminous intensity to the Siemens star up to a point before noise appear on the image. Checking method: Order Page Address Data 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 6 21 10 Shoot the Siemens star with the zoom WIDE end. Observe the TV monitor and check that the lens is focused. 03 0F Check that the lens is focused. (Note 2) 6 6 40 41 01 01 Shoot the Siemens star with the zoom TELE end. Turn on the auto focus. Procedure
Note 1: Perform Flange Back Adjustment before this adjustment. Note 2: With the ZOOM at WIDE end, shoot the clear chart in the center of the screen. Note 3: Check that the data of page: 0, address: 10 is 00. Note 4: NTSC model: DCR-PC101 PAL model: DCR-PC101E Switch setting 1) POWER .................................................................. CAMERA 2) NIGHT SHOT .................................................................. OFF 3) ZOOM .................................................................... WIDE end 4) DIGITAL ZOOM (Menu setting) .................................... OFF 5) STEADY SHOT (Menu setting) ..................................... OFF Adjusting method: Order Page Address Data 1 2 3 4 5 6 0 6 6 6 6 6 01 2C 96 97 01 02 00 6F Press PAUSE button. (Note 5) Check the data changes to 01. 01 01 Set the following data 30: NTSC model 20: PAL model Procedure
Note 5: The adjustment data will be automatically input to page: F, address: 19. Processing after Completing Adjustment: Order Page Address Data 1 2 3 4 5 6 6 6 6 6 0 2C 96 97 01 01 00 00 00 00 00 Wait for 3 seconds. Press PAUSE button. Procedure
Processing after Completing Adjustment: Order Page Address Data 1 2 3 4 6 6 6 0 21 40 41 03 00 00 00 00 Procedure
5-25
DCR-PC101/PC101E
8.
F No. & ND Light Quality Standard Data Input
RadarW
Correct the lens iris and the dispersion of the ND filter light quantity. Subject Adjustment Page Adjustment Address Clear chart (All white) (Zoom lens at WIDE end) (Note 3) F 1C to 23
9. Mechanical Shutter Adjustment RadarW Adjust the close time and loss time every F number of the mechanical shutter and the high-speed shutter correction value to correct the luminous exposure. Subject Measurement Point Measuring Instrument Adjustment Page F 76 to 8B Data of page: 6, address: A8 is 00 Adjustment Address Specified Value Clear chart (All white) (Zoom lens at WIDE end) (Note 2) Adjusting remote commander
Note 1: Perform MAX GAIN Adjustment before this adjustment. Note 2: Perform Mechanical Shutter Adjustment after this adjustment. Note 3: With the ZOOM at WIDE end, set the distance where the clear chart is shot with all-white signal. Note 4: Check that the data of page: 0, address: 10 is 00. Note 5: Check that the data of page: 6, address: 02 is 00. If not, turn the power of unit OFF/ON. Switch setting 1) POWER ................................................................... CAMERA 2) NIGHT SHOT .................................................................. OFF 3) ZOOM .................................................................... WIDE end 4) DIGITAL ZOOM (Menu setting) .................................... OFF 5) STEADY SHOT (Menu setting) ..................................... OFF Adjusting method: Order Page Address Data 1 2 3 4 0 6 6 6 01 2C 01 02 01 01 BB Press PAUSE button. (Note 6) Check the data changes to 01. Procedure
Note 1: Perform HALL Adjustment, Flange Back Adjustment and F No. & ND Light Quality Standard Data Input before this adjustment. Note 2: With the ZOOM at WIDE end, set the distance where the clear chart is shot with all-white signal. Note 3: Check that the data of page: 0, address: 10 is 00. Note 4: Check that the data of page: 6, address: 02 is 00. If not, turn the power of unit OFF/ON. Switch setting 1) POWER ................................................................... CAMERA 2) NIGHT SHOT .................................................................. OFF 3) ZOOM .................................................................... WIDE end 4) DIGITAL ZOOM (Menu setting) .................................... OFF 5) STEADY SHOT (Menu setting) ..................................... OFF Adjusting method: Order Page Address Data 1 2 3 4 5 0 6 6 6 6 01 9C 01 02 A8 01 01 AD Press PAUSE button. (Note 5) Check the data changes to 01. Check the data is 00. Procedure
Note 6: The adjustment data will be automatically input to page: F, address: 1C to 23. Processing after Completing Adjustment: Order Page Address Data 1 2 3 6 6 0 01 2C 01 00 00 00 Procedure Press PAUSE button.
Note 5: The adjustment data will be automatically input to page: F, address: 76 to 8B. Processing after Completing Adjustment: Order Page Address Data 1 2 3 6 6 0 01 9C 01 00 00 00 Procedure Press PAUSE button.
5-26
DCR-PC101/PC101E
10. Picture Frame Setting Subject Color bar chart (Color reproduction adjustment frame) (1.5 m from the front of lens) Video terminal of A/V jack (75 terminated) Oscilloscope and monitor TV A=B, C=D, E=F
Check on the oscilloscope

1. Horizontal period
A=B B A C=D C D
Measurement Point Measuring Instrument Specified Value
Note: Perform Flange Back Adjustment before this adjustment. Switch setting 1) POWER ................................................................... CAMERA 2) NIGHT SHOT .................................................................. OFF 3) DIGITAL ZOOM (Menu setting) .................................... OFF 4) STEADY SHOT (Menu setting) ..................................... OFF 5) AUTO FOCUS ................................................................. OFF Setting method: Order 1 Procedure Adjust the zoom and the camera direction, and set the specified position. Mark the position of the picture frame on the monitor TV, and adjust the picture frame to the this position in following adjustment using Color reproduction adjustment frame. 2. Vertical period
E E=F F
Fig. 5-1-9
Fig. 5-1-10
Check on the monitor TV (Underscanned mode)
Color bar chart picture frame
Monitor TV picture frame
Fig. 5-1-11
5-27
DCR-PC101/PC101E
11. Color Reproduction Adjustment Adjust the color separation matrix coefficient so that proper color reproduction is produced. Subject Color bar chart (Color reproduction adjustment frame) Video terminal of A/V jack (75 terminated) Vectorscope F 37, 39, 40, 41 All color luminance points should settle within each color reproduction frame.
NTSC model
R-Y
MG
Measurement Point Measuring Instrument Adjustment Page Adjustment Address Specified Value
YE B-Y B
CY
Note 1: NTSC model: DCR-PC101 PAL model: DCR-PC101E Note 2: Check that the data of page: 0, address: 10 is 00.
Burst position
Switch setting 1) POWER ................................................................... CAMERA 2) NIGHT SHOT .................................................................. OFF 3) DIGITAL ZOOM (Menu setting) .................................... OFF 4) STEADY SHOT (Menu setting) ..................................... OFF Adjusting method: Order Page Address Data 1 2 3 4 5 0 6 6 F F 01 9D 01 F0 F0 01 1A 3D Press PAUSE button. Note down the data. Set the following data 37: NTSC model B7: PAL model Adjust the GAIN and PHASE of the vectorscope, and set to the burst luminance point to the burst position of color reproduction frame. 37 39 40 41 Change the data and settle each color luminance point in each color reproduction frame. (Note 3) Procedure
PAL model
Burst position
R-Y
MG
YE B-Y B
CY G
Fig. 5-1-12
Note 3: Be sure to press the PAUSE button of the adjusting remote commander before changing the addresses. If not, the new data will not be written to the memory. Processing after Completing Adjustment: Order Page Address Data 1 2 3 4 F 6 6 0 F0 01 9D 01 00 00 00 Procedure Set data noted down at step 4, and press PAUSE button. Press PAUSE button.
5-28
DCR-PC101/PC101E
12. AWB & LV Standard Data Input RadarW Adjust the white balance reference at 3200K, and adjust the normal coefficient of the light value. Subject Clear chart (Color reproduction adjustment frame) Displayed data of page: 1 (Note 5) Adjusting remote commander F 1A, 1B, 30 to 33 0FF0 to 1010
Measurement Point Measuring Instrument Adjustment Page Adjustment Address Specified Value
Note 1: Perform Color Reproduction Adjustment before this adjustment. Note 2: AWB & LV Standard Data Input is available only once after the power is turned on. Turn the power off, then on again if the adjustment is retried. Note 3: Check that the data of page: 0, address: 10 is 00. Note 4: Check that the data of page: 6, address: 02 is 00. If not, turn the power of unit OFF/ON. Note 5: The right four digits of the page: 1 displayed data of the adjusting remote commander. 1 : XX : XX Displayed data Switch setting 1) POWER ................................................................... CAMERA 2) NIGHT SHOT .................................................................. OFF 3) DIGITAL ZOOM (Menu setting) .................................... OFF 4) STEADY SHOT (Menu setting) ..................................... OFF Adjusting method: Order Page Address Data 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 6 6 6 0 1 01 01 02 03 1E Check that the displayed data (Note 5) satisfied the specified value. 11 0D 0 6 01 16 01 02 Wait for 2 seconds. Press PAUSE button. Press PAUSE button. (Note 6) Check the data changes to 01. Procedure
Note 6: The adjustment data will be automatically input to page: F, address: 1A, 1B, 30 to 33. Processing after Completing Adjustment: Order Page Address Data 1 2 3 4 6 6 0 0 01 16 03 01 00 00 00 00 Procedure Press PAUSE button.
5-29
DCR-PC101/PC101E
13. Auto White Balance Adjustment RadarW Adjust to the proper auto white balance output data. If it is not correct, auto white balance and color reproducibility will be poor. Subject Clear chart (Color reproduction adjustment frame) Filter C14 for color temperature correction Displayed data of page: 1 (Note 4) Adjusting remote commander F 34, 35, 44 to 47 R ratio: 2B90 to 2C90 B ratio: 59D0 to 5AD0
Adjusting method: Order Page Address Data 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 6 6 6 0 1 0 1 03 05 Check that the displayed data (Note 4) satisfied the B ratio specified value. 01 02 01 03 3F 04 Check that the displayed data (Note 4) satisfied the R ratio specified value. 81 0 F F F F 6 6 6 01 44 45 46 47 13 10 01 01 2C 10 5A 50 80 08 83 Press PAUSE button. Wait for 2 seconds. Press PAUSE button. (Note 5) Check the data changes to 01. Press PAUSE button. Press PAUSE button. Press PAUSE button. Press PAUSE button. Press PAUSE button. Procedure Place the C14 filter on the lens.
Filter Measurement Point Measuring Instrument Adjustment Page Adjustment Address Specified value
Note 1: Perform AWB & LV Standard Data Input before this adjustment. Note 2: Auto White Balance Adjustment is available only once after the power is turned on. Turn the power off, then on again if the adjustment is retried. Note 3: Check that the data of page: 0, address: 10 is 00. Note 4: The right four digits of the page: 1 displayed data of the adjusting remote commander. 1 : XX : XX Displayed data Switch setting 1) POWER .................................................................. CAMERA 2) NIGHT SHOT .................................................................. OFF 3) DIGITAL ZOOM (Menu setting) .................................... OFF 4) STEADY SHOT (Menu setting) ..................................... OFF
Note 5: The adjustment data will be automatically input to page: F, address: 34, 35, 44 to 47. Processing after Completing Adjustment: Order Page Address Data 1 2 3 4 5 6 6 6 6 0 0 01 10 13 03 01 00 00 00 00 00 Remove the C14 filter on the lens. Procedure Press PAUSE button.
5-30
DCR-PC101/PC101E
14. Auto White Balance Check RadarW Subject Clear chart (Color reproduction adjustment frame) Filter C14 for color temperature correction ND filter 1.0, 0.4 and 0.1 Measurement Point Video terminal of Displayed data of A/V jack page: 1 (Note 2) (75 terminated) Vectorscope Fig. 5-1-13 (A) and (B) Adjusting remote commander 8000 to 8BC0
Processing after Completing Adjustment: Order Page Address Data 1 2 3 6 0 01 03 00 00 Remove the ND filter 1.5 (1.0 + 0.4 + 0.1) on the lens. Procedure Press PAUSE button.
Filter
Measuring Instrument Specified Value
R-Y
Note 1: Perform Auto White Balance Adjustment before this adjustment. Note 2: The right four digits of the page: 1 displayed data of the adjusting remote commander. 1 : XX : XX Displayed data Note 3: Check that the data of page: 0, address: 10 is 00. Switch setting 1) POWER ................................................................... CAMERA 2) NIGHT SHOT .................................................................. OFF 3) DIGITAL ZOOM (Menu setting) .................................... OFF 4) STEADY SHOT (Menu setting) ..................................... OFF Checking method: Order Page Address Data 1 Procedure Check that the lens is not covered with either filter.
1mm
2mm 2mm
B-Y
Fig. 5-1-13 (A)
R-Y 1mm
B-Y 3mm
INDOOR luminance point check 2 3 4 6 01 00 6 01 0F Press PAUSE button. Check that the center of the white luminance point within the circle shown Fig 5-1-13. (A) Press PAUSE button. Place the C14 filter on the lens. 6 01 3F Press PAUSE button. Check that the center of the white luminance point within the circle shown Fig 5-1-13. (B) Remove the C14 filter, and place the ND filter 1.5 (1.0 + 0.4 + 0.1) on the lens. 6 0 1 01 03 00 06 Check that the displayed data (Note 2) satisfied the specified value. Press PAUSE button.
3mm
Fig. 5-1-13 (B)
OUTDOOR luminance point check 5 6 7 Data check 8 9 10 11
5-31
DCR-PC101/PC101E
15. Steady shot Check RadarW Precautions on the Parts Replacement There are two types of repair parts. Type A ENC03JA Type B ENC03JB Replace the broken sensor with a same type sensor. If replace with other type parts, the image will vibrate up and down or left and right during hand-shake correction operations. Precautions on Angular Velocity Sensor The sensor incorporates a precision oscillator. Handle it with care as if it dropped, the balance of the oscillator will be disrupted and operations will not be performed properly. Subject Measurement Point Measuring Instrument Specified value Not required Displayed data of page: 1 (Note 1) Adjusting remote commander PITCH data: 2B00 to 4B00 YAW data: 2B00 to 4B00
16. CCD Black Defect Adjustment RadarW Detect the black defect position of the CCD imager. Subject Measurement Point Measuring Instrument Adjustment Page Adjustment Address 1E 20 to 2F Clear chart (All white) (40 cm from the front of the lens) Adjusting remote commander
Note 1: If reading/writing data on pages 1E, set data: 01 to page: 0, address: 10, and then select pages E. By this data setting, the pages 1E can be selected. After the data reading/writing finished, return the data on page: 0, address: 10 to 00. Note 2: Perform Flange Back Adjustment before this adjustment. Note 3: Check that the data of page: 6, address: 02 is 00. If not, turn the power of unit OFF/ON. Switch setting 1) POWER ................................................................. CAMERA 2) NIGHT SHOT ................................................................. OFF Adjusting method: Order Page Address Data 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 0 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 01 2C 9C 90 91 92 93 01 01 02 01 01 01 50 01 00 01 79 8D Press PAUSE button. Press PAUSE button. (Note 4) Check the data changes to 01. Procedure
Note 1: The right four digits of the page: 1 displayed data of the adjusting remote commander. 1 : XX : XX Displayed data Note 2: Check that the data of page: 0, address: 10 is 00. Switch setting 1) ZOOM ..................................................................... TELE end 2) STEADY SHOT (Menu setting) ....................................... ON Checking method: Order Page Address Data 1 2 0 1 03 11 With the set in still state, check that the displayed data (Note 1) satisfies the PITCH data specified value. 03 12 With the set in still state, check that the displayed data (Note 1) satisfies the YAW data specified value. 03 00 Shake the set vertically and horizontally to check that the steady shot function operates normally. Procedure PITCH sensor output check (SE201 of CF-089 board)
YAW sensor output check (SE202 of CF-089 board) 3 4 5 0 1 0
Note 4: The adjustment data will be automatically input to page: 1E, address: 20 to 2F. Processing after Completing Adjustment: Order Page Address Data 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 6 6 6 6 6 6 0 01 2C 9C 90 91 93 01 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 Turn OFF the main power supply. Perform CCD Defect Check. Procedure Press PAUSE button.
Steady shot operation check 6
5-32
DCR-PC101/PC101E
17. CCD Defect Check RadarW Subject Measurement Point Measuring Instrument Note: Check that the data of page: 0, address: 10 is 00. Switch setting 1) POWER ................................................................... CAMERA 2) NIGHT SHOT .................................................................. OFF Checking method: Order Page Address Data 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 6 40 06 Check on the monitor screen that no defect is found. 6 40 05 Check on the monitor screen that no defect is found. 6 40 04 Check on the monitor screen that no defect is found. 6 40 03 Check on the monitor screen that no defect is found. 6 6 01 1F 05 CC Check on the monitor screen that no defect is found. Procedure Press PAUSE button. Not required Check on the monitor TV
Processing after Completing Adjustment: Order Page Address Data 1 2 3 6 6 6 01 40 1F 00 00 00 Procedure Press PAUSE button.
5-33
DCR-PC101/PC101E
1-4.
COLOR ELECTRONIC VIEWFINDER SYSTEM ADJUSTMENTS
Before perform the viewfinder system adjustments, check the data of page: 0, address: 10 is 00. If not, select page: 0, address: 10, and set the data 00. Note 1: Taken an extreme care not to destroy the liquid crystal display module by static electricity when replacing it. Note 2: Perform the following data setting before the viewfinder system adjustments. 1) Select page: 3, address: C4, and set data: 67. 2) Select page: 3, address: C5, and set data: 01. Reset the data after completing adjustment. 1) Select page: 3, address: C4, and set data: 00. 2) Select page: 3, address: C5, and set data: 00. [Adjusting connector] Most of the measuring points for adjusting the viewfinder system are concentrated in CN1006 of the VC-284 board. Connect the Measuring Instruments via the CPC-6 flexible jig (J6082-370-B) and CPC-6 terminal board jig (J-6082-371-A). The following table shown the Pin No. and signal name of CN1006. Pin No. Signal Name 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 FLASH_UNREG EVF_LED_DA EVF_VCO MD2 XINIT DRUM_ON REC_CRRT1 REG_GND SWP GND Pin No. Signal Name 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 D_2.8V EVF_VG GND XCS_MC_FLASH XCS_ST_IMAGE_IC FRRV REC_CRRT0 HI_XRESET RF_IN RF_MON
1. VCO Adjustment (VC-284 board) Set the VCO free-run frequency. If deviated, the EVF screen will be blurred. Mode Subject Measurement Point Measuring Instrument Adjustment Page Adjustment Address Specified Value CAMERA Not required Pin 5 of CN1006 (EVF_VCO) Frequency counter C 51, 52 f = 15734 30 Hz (NTSC) f = 15625 30 Hz (PAL)
Note 1: Check that the data of page: 0, address: 10 is 00. Note 2: NTSC model: DCR-PC101 PAL model: DCR-PC101E Adjusting method: Order Page Address Data 1 2 3 4 5 0 C C C 01 51 51 51 01 Change the data and set the frequency (f) to the specified value. Press PAUSE button. Read the data and this data is named D51. Convert D51 to decimal notation, and obtain D51. (Note 3) Calculate D52 using following equations. (decimal calculation) D52 = D51 + 25 (NTSC model) D52 = D51 25 (PAL model) Convert D52 to a hexadecimal number, and obtain D52. (Note 3, 4) C 0 52 01 D52 00 Press PAUSE button. Procedure
7 8 9
Screw
Note 3: Refer to table 5-4-1. Hexadecimal-decimal conversion table Note 4: If D52 > 255, then D52 = FF (NTSC model) If D52 < 0, then D52 = 00 (PAL model)
CN1006 2 1 20 19
CPC lid
Fig. 5-1-14
5-34
DCR-PC101/PC101E
2. Back Light Adjustment (VC-284 board) Set the back light luminance. If deviated, the image may become dark or bright. Mode Subject Measurement Point Measuring Instrument Adjustment Page Adjustment Address Specified Value CAMERA Not required Pin 3 of CN1006 (EVF_LED_DA) Digital voltmeter C 4F, 50 A = 2.10 0.05 Vdc
3. RGB AMP Adjustment (VC-284 board) Set the D Range of the RGB decoder for driving the LCD to the specified value. If deviated, the EVF screen image will be blackish or saturated (whitish). Mode Subject Measurement Point Measuring Instrument Adjustment Page Adjustment Address Specified Value CAMERA Not required Pin 4 of CN1006 (EVF_VG) Oscilloscope C 54 A = 7.20 0.1 Vp-p
Note 1: Check that the data of page: 0, address: 10 is 00. Adjusting method: Order Page Address Data 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 0 3 3 C C C 01 0C 22 50 50 50 01 20 11 Press PAUSE button. Press PAUSE button. Change the data and set the DC voltage (A) to the specified value. Press PAUSE button. Read the data and this data is named D50. Convert D50 to decimal notation, and obtain D50. (Note 2) Calculate D4F using following equations. (decimal calculation) D4F = D50 96 Convert D4F to a hexadecimal number, and obtain D4F. (Note 2) C 3 3 0 4F 0C 22 01 D4F 00 00 00 Press PAUSE button. Press PAUSE button. Press PAUSE button. Procedure
Note: Check that the data of page: 0, address: 10 is 00. Adjusting method: Order Page Address Data 1 2 3 4 0 C C 0 01 54 54 01 00
Pedestal
Procedure Change the data and set the voltage (A) to the specified value. Press PAUSE button.
01
9 10 11 12 13
Note 2: Refer to table 5-4-1. Hexadecimal-decimal conversion table

2H Pedestal
A: Between the reversed waveform pedestal and non-reversed waveform pedestal
Fig. 5-1-15
5-35
DCR-PC101/PC101E
4. Contrast Adjustment (VC-284 board) Set the video signal level for driving the LCD to the specified value. If deviated, the EVF screen image will be blackish or saturated (whitish). Mode Subject Measurement Point Measuring Instrument Adjustment Page Adjustment Address Specified Value CAMERA Not required Pin 4 of CN1006 (EVF_VG) Oscilloscope C 58 A = 2.40 0.1 Vp-p
5. White Balance Adjustment (VC-284 board) Correct the white balance. If deviated, the EVF screen color cannot be reproduced. Mode Subject Measurement Point Measuring Instrument Adjustment Page Adjustment Address Specified Value C 56, 57 EVF screen must not be colored CAMERA Not required Check on EVF screen
Note: Check that the data of page: 0, address: 10 is 00. Adjusting method: Order Page Address Data 1 0 01 01 Change the data and set the voltage (A) to the specified value. (The data should be 00 to 7F) Press PAUSE button. 00 Procedure
Note 1: Check that the data of page: 0, address: 10 is 00. Note 2: Check the white balance only when replacing the following parts. If necessary, adjust them. 1. LCD panel 2. Light induction plate 3. IC4201 Adjusting method: Order Page Address Data 1 2 3 4 56 57 01 00 0 C C 01 56 57 01 8D 73 Press PAUSE button. Press PAUSE button. Check that the EVF screen is not colored. If not colored, proceed to step 6. C 0 Change the data so that the EVF screen is not colored. (Note 3) Procedure
2 3 4
C C 0
58 58 01
5 6
Note 3: To write in the non-volatile memory (EEPROM), press the PAUSE button each time to set the data.
3 steps peak
2H Pedestal
A: Between the pedestal and 3 steps peak
Fig. 5-1-16
5-36
DCR-PC101/PC101E
1-5.
LCD SYSTEM ADJUSTMENTS
Before perform the LCD system adjustments, check that the data of page: 0, address: 10 is 00. If not, select page: 0, address: 10, and set the data 00. Note 1: The back light (fluorescent tube) is driven with high voltage AC power. Therefore, do not touch the back light directly, otherwise you will feel an electric shock. Note 2: Taken an extreme care not to destroy the liquid crystal display module by static electricity when replacing it. Note 3: Set the LCD BRT, LCD COLOR to the center with the function settings of the touch panel. [Adjusting connector] Most of the measuring points for adjusting the LCD system are concentrated in CN803 of the PD-166 board. Connect the Measuring Instruments via the CPC-jig for LCD (J6082-529-A). The following table shown the Pin No. and signal name of CN803. Pin No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 Signal Name VG COM GND HSY N.C. PSIG
1. VCO Adjustment (PD-166 board) Set the VCO free-run frequency. If deviated, the LCD screen will be blurred. Mode Subject Measurement Point Measuring Instrument Adjustment Page Adjustment Address Specified Value CAMERA Not required Pin 4 of CN803 (HSY) Frequency counter C 61, 62 f = 15734 30 Hz (NTSC) f = 15625 30 Hz (PAL)
Note 1: Check that the data of page: 0, address: 10 is 00. Note 2: NTSC model: DCR-PC101 PAL model: DCR-PC101E Adjusting method: Order Page Address Data 1 2 3 4 5 0 C C C 01 61 61 61 01 Change the data and set the frequency (f) to the specified value. Press PAUSE button. Read the data and this data is named D61. Convert D61 to decimal notation, and obtain D61. (Note 3) Calculate D62 using following equations. (decimal calculation) D62 = D61 + 21 (NTSC model) D62 = D61 21 (PAL model) Convert D62 to a hexadecimal number, and obtain D62. (Note 3, 4) C 0 62 01 D62 00 Press PAUSE button. Procedure
CN803 of PD-166 board
7
CPC jig for LCD panel (J-6082-529-A)
8 9
Inverter transformer unit
Fig. 5-1-17
Note 3: Refer to table 5-4-1. Hexadecimal-decimal conversion table Note 4: If D62 > 255, then D62 = FF (NTSC model) If D62 < 0, then D62 = 00 (PAL model)
5-37
DCR-PC101/PC101E
2. RGB AMP Adjustment (PD-166 board) Set the D Range of the RGB decoder for driving the LCD to the specified value. If deviated, the LCD screen image will be blackish or saturated (whitish). Mode Subject Measurement Point Measuring Instrument Adjustment Page Adjustment Address Specified Value CAMERA Not required Pin 1 of CN803 (VG) Oscilloscope C 64 A = 7.90 0.05 Vp-p
3. Black Limit Adjustment (PD-166 board) Set the video signal level for driving the LCD to the specified value. Mode Subject Measurement Point Measuring Instrument Adjustment Page Adjustment Address Specified Value CAMERA Not required Pin 6 of CN803 (PSIG) Oscilloscope C 65 A = 8.50 0.08 Vp-p
Note 1: This adjustment is the tracking adjustment in relation to Black Limit Adjustment. Note 2: Check that the data of page: 0, address: 10 is 00. Adjusting method: Order Page Address Data 1 2 3 4 5 0 C C 0 01 64 64 01 00 Perform Black Limit Adjustment.
Pedestal
Note 1: This adjustment is the tracking adjustment in relation to RGB AMP Adjustment. Note 2: Check that the data of page: 0, address: 10 is 00. Note 3: NTSC model: DCR-PC101 PAL model: DCR-PC101E Adjusting method:
Procedure Change the data and set the voltage (A) to the specified value. Press PAUSE button.
Order Page Address Data 1 2 3 0 3 3 01 C4 C5 01 61
Procedure
01
Set the following data 5B: NTSC model 53: PAL model Change the data and set the voltage (A) to the specified value. (The data should be 00 to 0F) Press PAUSE button. 00 00 00 Check that the specified value of RGB AMP Adjustment is satisfied. If not, perform RGB AMP Adjustment.
4 5 6 7 8
C C 3 3 0
65 65 C4 C5 01
2H Pedestal
V A: Between the reversed waveform pedestal and non-reversed waveform pedestal
A: Amplitude of PSIG signal
Fig. 5-1-18
Fig. 5-1-19
5-38
DCR-PC101/PC101E
4. PSIG GRAY Adjustment (PD-166 board) Set the PSIG signal level for driving the LCD to the specified value. Mode Subject Measurement Point Measuring Instrument Adjustment Page Adjustment Address Specified Value CAMERA Not required Pin 6 of CN803 (PSIG) Oscilloscope C 66 A = 5.00 0.1 Vp-p
5. Contrast Adjustment (PD-166 board) Set the video signal level for driving the LCD to the specified value. If deviated, the LCD screen image will be blackish or saturated (whitish). Mode Subject Measurement Point Measuring Instrument Adjustment Page Adjustment Address Specified Value CAMERA Not required Pin 1 of CN803 (VG) Oscilloscope C 69 A = 2.90 0.05 Vp-p
Note: Check that the data of page: 0, address: 10 is 00. Adjusting method: Order Page Address Data 1 2 3 4 0 C C 0 01 66 66 01 00 01 Change the data and set the voltage (A) to the specified value. Press PAUSE button. Procedure
Note: Check that the data of page: 0, address: 10 is 00. Adjusting method: Order Page Address Data 1 2 3 4 0 C C 0 01 69 69 01 00 01 Change the data and set the voltage (A) to the specified value. (The data should be 00 to 7F) Press PAUSE button. Procedure
3 steps peak
2H
A: Amplitude of PSIG signal A
Fig. 5-1-20
2H Pedestal A: Between the pedestal and 3 steps peak
Fig. 5-1-21
5-39
DCR-PC101/PC101E
6. Center Voltage Adjustment (PD-166 board) Set the center level of video signal for driving the LCD to the specified value. Mode Subject Measurement Point Measuring Instrument Adjustment Page Adjustment Address Specified Value CAMERA Not required Pin 1 of CN803 (VG) Digital voltmeter C 6A A = 7.00 0.05 Vdc
7. V-COM Adjustment (PD-166 board) Set the DC bias of the common electrode drive signal of LCD to the specified value. If deviated, the LCD display will be move, producing flicker and conspicuous vertical lines. Mode Subject Measurement Point Measuring Instrument Adjustment Page Adjustment Address Specified Value C 63 The brightness difference between the section-A and section-B is minimum CAMERA Not required Check on LCD screen
Note: Check that the data of page: 0, address: 10 is 00. Adjusting method: Order Page Address Data 1 2 3 4 0 C C 0 01 6A 6A 01 00 01 Change the data and set the DC voltage (A) to the specified value. (The data should be 00 to 7F) Press PAUSE button. Procedure
Note 1: Perform RGB AMP Adjustment, Black Limit Adjustment, PSIG GRAY Adjustment, Contrast Adjustment and Center Voltage Adjustment before this adjustment. Note 2: Check that the data of page: 0, address: 10 is 00. Adjusting method: Order Page Address Data 1 2 3 4 5 0 C C C 0 01 63 63 63 01 00 01 Change the data so that brightness of the section A and section B is equal. Subtract 2 from the data. Press PAUSE button. Procedure
Fig. 5-1-22
5-40
DCR-PC101/PC101E
8. White Balance Adjustment (PD-166 board) Correct the white balance. If deviated, the LCD screen color cannot be reproduced. Mode Subject Measurement Point Measuring Instrument Adjustment Page Adjustment Address Specified Value C 67, 68 LCD screen must not be colored CAMERA Not required Check on LCD screen
Note 1: Check that the data of page: 0, address: 10 is 00. Note 2: Check the white balance only when replacing the following parts. If necessary, adjust them. 1. LCD panel 2. Light induction plate 3. IC801 Adjusting method: Order Page Address Data 1 2 3 4 67 68 01 00 0 C C 01 67 68 01 7D 65 Press PAUSE button. Press PAUSE button. Check that the LCD screen is not colored. If not colored, proceed to step 6. C 0 Change the data so that the LCD screen is not colored. (Note 3) Procedure
5 6
Note 3: To write in the non-volatile memory (EEPROM), press the PAUSE button each time to set the data.
5-41
DCR-PC101/PC101E
5-2. MECHANISM SECTION ADJUSTMENTS

On the mechanism section adjustment For details of mechanism section adjustments, checks, and replacement of mechanism parts, refer to the separate volume DV MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL VI J Mechanism .
2-1.
HOW TO ENTER RECORD MODE WITHOUT CASSETTE
CN1006 of VC-284 board Pin No. Signal Name 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 FLASH_UNREG EVF_LED_DA EVF_VCO MD2 XINIT DRUM_ON REC_CRRT1 REG_GND SWP GND Pin No. Signal Name 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 D_2.8V EVF_VG GND XCS_MC_FLASH XCS_ST_IMAGE_IC FRRV REC_CRRT0 HI_XRESET RF_IN RF_MON
1) Connect the adjustment remote commander to the LANC jack. 2) Turn the HOLD switch of the adjustment remote commander to the ON position. 3) Close the cassette compartment without the cassette. 4) Select page: 3, address: 01, set data: 0C, and press the PAUSE button of the adjustment remote commander. (The mechanism enters the record mode automatically.) Note: The function buttons become inoperable. 5) To quit the record mode, select page: 3, address: 01, set data: 00, and press the PAUSE button of the adjustment remote commander. (Whenever you want to quit the record mode, be sure to quit following this procedure.)
2-2.
HOW TO ENTER PLAYBACK MODE WITHOUT CASSETTE
1) Connect the adjustment remote commander to the LANC jack. 2) Turn the HOLD switch of the adjustment remote commander to the ON position. 3) Close the cassette compartment without the cassette. 4) Select page: 3, address: 01, set data: 0B, and press the PAUSE button of the adjustment remote commander. (The mechanism enters the playback mode automatically.) Note: The function buttons become inoperable. 5) To quit the playback mode, select page: 3, address: 01, set data: 00, and press the PAUSE button of the adjustment remote commander. (Whenever you want to quit the playback mode, be sure to quit following this procedure.)
2. Procedure after operations 1) Connect the adjustment remote commander to the LANC jack and set the HOLD switch to the ON position. 2) Select page: 3, address: 26, and set data: 00. 3) Select page: 3, address: 33, and set data: 00.
Entrance side
Check this section (Normal waveform)
Exit side
CH1
2-3.
TAPE PATH ADJUSTMENT
1. Preparation for Adjustment 1) Clean the tape running side (tape guide, drum, capstan shaft, pinch roller, etc.). 2) Connect the adjustment remote commander to the LANC jack. 3) Turn the HOLD switch of the adjustment remote commander to the ON position. 4) Connect an oscilloscope to VC-284 board CN1006 via the CPC-6 flexible jig (J-6082-370-B) and CPC-6 terminal board jig (J-6082-371-A). Channel 1: VC-284 board, CN1006 Pin w; (Note) External trigger: VC-284 board, CN1006 Pin qj Note: Connect a 75 resistor between pins w; of CN1006 and ql (GND). 75 resistor (Parts code: 1-247-804-11) 5) Playback the alignment tape for tracking. (XH2-1) 6) Select page: 3, address: 33, and set data: 08. 7) Select page: 3, address: 26, and set data: 31. 8) Check that the oscilloscope RF waveform is normal at the entrance and exit. If not normal, adjust according to the separate volume DV MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL VI J Mechanism .
CH2 (Trigger) 3.3msec
Fig. 5-2-1
5-42
DCR-PC101/PC101E
5-3. VIDEO SECTION ADJUSTMENTS

NTSC model : PAL model : DCR-PC101 DCR-PC101E
3-1.
PREPARATIONS BEFORE ADJUSTMENTS
Use the following measuring instruments for video section adjustments. 3-1-1. 1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 6) 7) 8) 9) 10) 11) Equipment Required
12) 13) 14)
TV monitor Oscilloscope (dual-phenomenon, band above 30 MHz with delay mode) (Unless specified otherwise, use a 10 : 1 probe.) Frequency counter Pattern generator with video output terminal. Digital voltmeter Audio generator Audio level meter Audio distortion meter Audio attenuator Regulated power supply Alignment tapes Tracking standard (XH2-1) Parts code: 8-967-997-01 SW/OL standard (XH2-3) Parts code: 8-967-997-11 Audio operation check for NTSC (XH5-3) Parts code: 8-967-997-51 System operation check for NTSC (XH5-5) Parts code: 8-967-997-61 Audio operation check for PAL (XH5-3P) Parts code: 8-967-997-55 System operation check for PAL (XH5-5P) Parts code: 8-967-997-66 Adjustment remote commander (J-6082-053-B) CPC-6 flexible jig (J-6082-370-B) (Note) CPC-6 terminal board jig (J-6082-371-A)
Note: The CPC-6 jig (J-6082-370-A) is also usable.
5-43
DCR-PC101/PC101E
3-1-2. Precautions on Adjusting 1) This set is adjusted in two modes, VTR mode and CAMERA mode. To activate the VTR mode, set the POWER switch to the VIDEO position, or select the Forced VTR Power ON Mode with the adjusting remote commander. (Note 1) To activate the CAMERA mode, set the POWER switch to the CAMERA position, or select the Forced CAMERA Power ON Mode with the adjusting remote commander. (Note 2) After the adjustment finished, be sure to cancel the Forced VTR Power ON Mode or Forced CAMERA Power ON Mode. (Note 4) 2) To remove the cabinet (R), disconnect the following connector: VC-284 board, CN1003 (88P, 0.4mm) The DC IN terminal is attached to the BJ-003 board on the cabinet (R). Accordingly, the BJ-003 board must be connected to the VC-284 board. To remove the BJ-003 board from the cabinet (R), disconnect the following connectors. (The LCD block and the battery terminals need not be connected. In operating the VTR, use the adjusting remote commander.) 1. BJ-003 board, CN006 (6P, 0.5mm) 2. BJ-003 board, CN007 (20P, 0.8mm) 3. BJ-003 board, CN001 (3P, 1.5mm) Connect the BJ-003 board and the VC-284 board with the following connector: VC-284 board, CN1003 (88P, 0.4mm) 3) The lens block need not be connected. If removing it, disconnect the following connector: VC-284 board, CN1010 (88P, 0.4mm) 4) If the VC-284 board, CN1010 is disconnected (the lens block is removed), the lithium 3V battery is removed accordingly, and the data including date, time, and user set menus are erased. After the adjustment finished, re-set these data. However, the diagnostic data and history data (drum run time, user's first power ON date, last dew occurring date) are not erased even if the lithium 3V battery is removed. (For the diagnostic data and history data, see 5-4. Service Mode.) 5) In the Forced VTR Power ON Mode, the VTR can be operated even if the operation switch block (PS-2850) is removed. To remove this block, disconnect the following connector: ME-020 board, CN402 (10P, 0.5mm)
Note 1: Setting the Forced VTR Power ON mode (VTR mode) 1) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 01. 2) Select page: D, address: 10, set data: 02, and press the PAUSE button of the adjustment remote commander. The above procedure will enable the VTR power to be turned on with the power switch (PS-2850 block) removed. After completing adjustments, be sure to exit the Forced VTR Power ON mode. Note 2: Setting the Forced Camera Power ON mode (Camera mode) 1) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 01. 2) Select page: D, address: 10, set data: 01, and press the PAUSE button of the adjustment remote commander. The above procedure will enable the camera power to be turned on with the power switch (PS-2850 block) removed. After completing adjustments, be sure to exit the Forced Camera Power ON mode. Note 3: Setting the Forced Memory Power ON mode (Memory mode) 1) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 01. 2) Select page: D, address: 10, set data: 05, and press the PAUSE button of the adjustment remote commander. The above procedure will enable the memory power to be turned on with the power switch (PS-2850 block) removed. After completing adjustments, be sure to exit the Forced Memory Power ON mode. Note 4: Exiting the Forced Power ON mode 1) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 01. 2) Select page: D, address: 10, set data: 00, and press the PAUSE button of the adjustment remote commander. 3) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 00.
5-44
DCR-PC101/PC101E
3-1-3. Adjusting Connectors Some of the adjusting points of the video section are concentrated at VC-284 board CN1006. Connect the measuring instruments via the CPC-6 flexible jig (J-6082-370-B) and CPC-6 terminal board jig (J-6082-371-A). The following table lists the pin numbers and signal names of CN1006. Pin No. Signal Name 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 FLASH_UNREG EVF_LED_DA EVF_VCO MD2 XINIT DRUM_ON REC_CRRT1 REG_GND SWP GND Pin No. Signal Name 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 D_2.8V EVF_VG GND XCS_MC_FLASH XCS_ST_IMAGE_IC FRRV REC_CRRT0 HI_XRESET RF_IN RF_MON
20 19 CN1006 2 1 Screw
CPC lid
Fig. 5-3-1
Table 5-3-1
3-1-4. Connecting the Equipment Connect the measuring instruments as shown in Fig. 5-3-2, and perform the adjustments.
TV monitor VIDEO (Yellow) Main unit Adjustment remote commander LANC jack AUDIO L (White)
AUDIO R (Red) AUDIO/VIDEO jack
Fig. 5-3-2
5-45
DCR-PC101/PC101E
3-1-5. Alignment Tapes Use the alignment tapes shown in the following table. Use tapes specified in the signal column of each adjustment. Name Tracking standard (XH2-1) SW/OL standard (XH2-3) Audio operation check (XH5-3 (NTSC), XH5-3P (PAL)) System operation check (XH5-5 (NTSC), XH5-5P (PAL)) Use Tape path adjustment Switching position adjustment Audio system adjustment|
Operation check
Fig. 5-3-3 shows the 75% color bar signals recorded on the alignment tape for Audio Operation Check. Note: Measure with video terminal (Terminated at 75 ) For NTSC model
White (100%)
Yellow
White (75%)
Cyan Green Magenta Red Blue
Yellow
Green
Cyan
Red
Blue
0.714V 1V
(75%) 0.286V
0.286V
Q White (100%)
Black
Horizontal sync signal Color bar signal waveform
Color bar pattern
For PAL model

Yellow Cyan Green
White (100%)
White
Cyan
Red
0.3V 0.3V Burst signal (100%)
Horizontal sync signal

Color bar signal waveform
Color bar pattern
Fig. 5-3-3. Color bar signal of alignment tapes

3-1-6. Input/Output Level and Impedance
A/V (Audio/Video) input/output AV MINI JACK, input/output auto switch Video signal: 1 Vp-p, 75 (ohms), unbalanced, sync negative Audio signal: 327 mV, (at output impedance more than 47 k (kilohms) ) Input impedance with more than 47 k (kilohms) Output impedance with less than 2.2 k (kilohms)
S video input/output 4-pin mini DIN Luminance signal: 1 Vp-p, 75 (ohms), unbalanced, sync negative Chrominance signal: DCR-PC101: 0.286 Vp-p DCR-PC101E: 0.3 Vp-p 75 (ohms), unbalanced
5-46
Black
1V
Magenta
Yellow
Green
0.7V
Magenta Red Blue
Blue
Burst signal
Magenta
White
DCR-PC101/PC101E
3-2.
1.
SYSTEM CONTROL SYSTEM ADJUSTMENTS
Initialization of 8, A, B, C, D, E, F, 1B, 1E, 1F Page Data If the 8, A, B, C, D, E, F, 1B, 1E, 1F page data is erased due to some reason, perform 1-2. INITIALIZATION OF 8, A, B, C, D, E, F, 1B, 1E, 1F PAGE DATA of CAMERA SYSTEM ADJUSTMENTS. Check that the data of page: 0, address: 10 is 00. If not, select page: 0, address: 10, and set the data 00.
2. Touch Panel Adjustment Adjust the calibration of touch panel. Mode Signal Adjustment Page Adjustment Address VTR stop Arbitrary A 90 to 93
Note 1: Check that the data of page: 0, address: 10 is 00. Note 2: Adjustment must be performed while observing the LCD screen from the front. Adjusting method: 1) Select page: 7, address: 05, and set data: 01. 2) Using a ball-point pen etc., push the center of in the part A. 3) Using a ball-point pen etc., push the center of in the part B. 4) Using a ball-point pen etc., push the center of in the part C. 5) Select page: 7, address: 05, and set data: 00.
indicated indicated indicated
A C
Fig. 5-3-4
5-47
DCR-PC101/PC101E
3. Node Unique ID No. Input Note 1: Check that the data of page: 0, address: 10 is 00. Note 2: Perform 3-2. Input of Serial No. if the data on page 8 has been cleared and the node unique ID No. is not found.
3-2. Input of Serial No. Write the serial No. and model code to the EEPROM (nonvolatile memory). In writing the serial No., a decimal number should be converted into a hexadecimal number. Page Address 8 91, 92, 93
3-1. Input of Company ID Write the company ID to the EEPROM (nonvolatile memory). Page Address 8 8C, 8D, 8E, 8F, 90
Input method: 1) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 01. 2) Select page: 8, and enter the following data. Note 2: Each time the data is set, press the PAUSE button on the adjusting remote commander. Address 8C 8D 8E 8F 90 Data 08 00 46 01 02
1) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 01. 2) Read the serial No. from the model name label, and it is assumed to be D1. Example: If serial No. is 77881, D1 = 77881 3) From Table 5-3-2, obtain D2 and H1 that correspond to D1. Example: If D1 = 77881, D2 = D1 65536 = 12345 H1 = 00 D1 (decimal) 00001 to 65535 65536 to 131071 D2 (decimal) D1 D1 65536 H1 (hexadecimal) (Service model code) 00 00 00 00
131072 to196607 D1 131072 196608 to 262143 D1 196608
3) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 00.
Table 5-3-2
4) Enter H1 to address: 91 on page: 8. Example: If H1 = 00, select page: 8, address: 91, and set data: 00, then press the PAUSE button. 5) From Table 5-3-3, obtain the maximum decimal number less than D2, and it is assumed to be D3. Example: If D2 = 12345. D3 = 12288 6) From Table 5-3-3, obtain a hexadecimal number that corresponds to D3, and it is assumed to be H3. Example: If D3 = 12288, H3 = 3000 7) Caluculate D 4 using following equations (decimal caluculation). (0 D4 225) D4 = D2 D3 Example: If D2 = 12345 and D3 = 12288, D4 = 12345 12288 = 57 8) Convert D4 into a hexadecimal number to obtain H4. (See Table 5-4-1 Hexadecimal - decimal conversion table in 5-4. Service Mode) Example: If D4 = 57, H4 = 39 9) Enter higher two digits of H3 to address: 92 on page: 8. Example: If H3 = 3000, select page: 8, address: 92, and set data: 30, then press the PAUSE button. 10) Enter H4 to address: 93 on page: 8. Example: If H4 = 39, select page: 8, address: 93, and set data: 39, then press the PAUSE button. 11) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 00.
5-48
DCR-PC101/PC101E
D3 0 256 512 768 1024 1280 1536 1792 2048 2304 2560 2816 3072 3328 3584 3840 4096 4352 4608 4864 5120 5376 5632 5888 6144 6400 6656 6912 7168 7424 7680 7936
H3 0000 0100 0200 0300 0400 0500 0600 0700 0800 0900 0A00 0B00 0C00 0D00 0E00 0F00 1000 1100 1200 1300 1400 1500 1600 1700 1800 1900 1A00 1B00 1C00 1D00 1E00 1F00
D3 8192 8448 8704 8960 9216 9472 9728 9984 10240 10496 10752 11008 11264 11520 11776 12032 12288 12544 12800 13056 13312 13568 13824 14080 14336 14592 14848 15104 15360 15616 15872 16128
H3 2000 2100 2200 2300 2400 2500 2600 2700 2800 2900 2A00 2B00 2C00 2D00 2E00 2F00 3000 3100 3200 3300 3400 3500 3600 3700 3800 3900 3A00 3B00 3C00 3D00 3E00 3F00
D3 16384 16640 16896 17152 17408 17664 17920 18176 18432 18688 18944 19200 19456 19712 19968 20224 20480 20736 20992 21248 21504 21760 22016 22272 22528 22784 23040 23296 23552 23808 24064 24320
H3 4000 4100 4200 4300 4400 4500 4600 4700 4800 4900 4A00 4B00 4C00 4D00 4E00 4F00 5000 5100 5200 5300 5400 5500 5600 5700 5800 5900 5A00 5B00 5C00 5D00 5E00 5F00
D3 24576 24832 25088 25344 25600 25856 26112 26368 26624 26880 27136 27392 27648 27904 28160 28416 28672 28928 29184 29440 29696 29952 30208 30464 30720 30976 31232 31488 31744 32000 32256 32512
H3 6000 6100 6200 6300 6400 6500 6600 6700 6800 6900 6A00 6B00 6C00 6D00 6E00 6F00 7000 7100 7200 7300 7400 7500 7600 7700 7800 7900 7A00 7B00 7C00 7D00 7E00 7F00
D3 32768 33024 33280 33536 33792 34048 34304 34560 34816 35072 35328 35584 35840 36096 36352 36608 36864 37120 37376 37632 37888 38144 38400 38656 38912 39168 39424 39680 39936 40192 40448 40704
H3 8000 8100 8200 8300 8400 8500 8600 8700 8800 8900 8A00 8B00 8C00 8D00 8E00 8F00 9000 9100 9200 9300 9400 9500 9600 9700 9800 9900 9A00 9B00 9C00 9D00 9E00 9F00
D3 40960 41216 41472 41728 41984 42240 42496 42752 43008
H3 A000 A100 A200 A300 A400 A500 A600 A700 A800
D3 49152 49408 49664 49920 50176 50432 50688 50944 51200
H3 C000 C100 C200 C300 C400 C500 C600 C700 C800
D3 57344 57600 57856 58112 58368 58624 58880 59136 59392
H3 E000 E100 E200 E300 E400 E500 E600 E700 E800 E900 EA00 EB00 EC00 ED00 EE00 EF00 F000 F100 F200 F300 F400 F500 F600 F700 F800 F900 FA00 FB00 FC00 FD00 FE00 FF00
43264 A900 51456 C900 59648 43520 AA00 51712 CA00 59904 43776 AB00 51968 44032 AC00 52224 CB00 CC00 60160 60416
44288 AD00 52480 CD00 60672 44544 AE00 52736 CE00 60928 44800 45056 45312 45568 45824 46080 46336 46592 46848 47104 47360 47616 47872 AF00 B000 B100 B200 B300 B400 B500 B600 B700 B800 B900 BA00 BB00 52992 53248 53504 53760 54016 54272 54528 54784 55040 55296 55552 CF00 D000 D100 D200 D300 D400 D500 D600 D700 D800 D900 61184 61440 61696 61952 62208 62464 62720 62976 63232 63488 63744
55808 DA00 64000 56064 DB00 64256
48128 BC00 56320 DC00 64512 48384 BD00 56576 DD00 64768 48640 48896 BE00 BF00 56832 57088 DE00 DF00 65024 65280
Note:
D3: Decimal H3: Hexadecimal
Table 5-3-3
5-49
DCR-PC101/PC101E
3-3.
SERVO AND RF SYSTEM ADJUSTMENTS
2.
PLL f0 & LPF f0 Pre-Adjustment (VC-284 board)
Before perform the servo and RF system adjustments, check that the specified values of 66MHz/54MHz Origin Oscillation Adjustment of 1-3. CAMERA SYSTEM ADJUSTMENTS is satisfied. Check that the data of page: 0, address: 10 is 00. If not, select page: 0, address: 10, and set the data 00. Adjusting Procedure: 1. CAP FG duty adjustment 2. PLL f0 & LPF f0 Pre-adjustment 3. Switching position adjustment 4. AGC center level and APC & AEQ adjustment 5. PLL f0 & LPF f0 final adjustment 1. CAP FG Duty Adjustment (VC-284 board)
RadarW RadarW
Mode Signal Measurement Point Measuring Instrument Adjustment Page Adjustment Address Specified value VTR stop No signal Displayed data of page: 3, address: 02 and 03 Adjusting remote commander C 1F, 20, 22, 29 The data of page: 3, address: 02 is 00 The data of page: 3, address: 03 is 00
Note 1: Check that the data of page: 0, address: 10 is 00. Adjusting method: Order Page Address Data 1 2 3 4 0 C 3 3 01 21 01 02 01 DC 30 Press PAUSE button. Press PAUSE button. Check the data changes to 00 within 5 seconds. (Note 2) Check the data is 00. (Note 2, 3) 00 Procedure
RadarW
Set the CAP FG signal duty cycle to 50% to establish an appropriate capstan servo. If deviated, the uneven rotation of capstan and noise can occur in the LP mode. Mode Signal Measurement Point Measuring Instrument Adjustment Page Adjustment Address Specified value VTR stop No signal Displayed data of page: 3, address: 03 Adjusting remote commander C 16 The data of page: 3, address: 03 is 00 5 6 3 0 03 01
Note 1: Check that the data of page: 0, address: 10 is 00. Adjusting method: Order Page Address Data 1 2 3 4 5 6 0 3 3 3 0 01 01 02 03 01 00 01 1B Press PAUSE button. Check the data changes in the following order 1B t 2B t 00 Check the data is 00. (Note 2) Procedure Close the cassette compartment without inserting cassette.
Note 2: If check is NG, select page: C, address: 21, set the following data, and press the PAUSE button, and repeat steps 3 to 5. Setting data When the data of page: C, address: 21 is DC When the data of page: C, address: 21 is E0 When the data of page: C, address: 21 is D8 When the data of page: C, address: 21 is E4 E0 D8 E4 D4
The adjustment is defective, if the above procedure results in NG. Note 3: If bit value of bit2, bit3, bit4, bit5 or bit6 is 1, adjustment has errors. For the error contents, see the following table. (For the bit values, refer to 5-4. SERVICE MODE, 4-3. 3. Bit value discrimination.) Bit value of page: 3, address: 03 data bit2 = 1 or bit 3 =1 bit4 = 1 or bit 5 =1 bit6 = 1 Error contents PLL f0 fine adjustment is defective PLL f0 adjustment is defective LPF f0 adjustment is defective
Note 2: If the data is 01, adjustment has errors or the mechanism deck is defective.
5-50
DCR-PC101/PC101E
3.
Switching Position Adjustment (VC-284 board)
RadarW RadarW
Mode Signal Measurement Point Measuring Instrument Adjustment Page Adjustment Address Specified value VTR playback SW/OL standard (XH2-3) Displayed data of page: 3, address: 03 Adjusting remote commander C 10, 11, 12, 13 The data of page: 3, address: 03 is 00
4. AGC Center Level and APC & AEQ Adjustment Note: Check that the data of page: 0, address: 10 is 00. 4-1. Mode Subject Adjusting method: Order Page Address Data 1 2 7 30 80 Record camera signal for 3 minutes, and rewind the tape. Procedure Preparations before adjustments CAMERA recording Arbitrary
Note 1: Check that the data of page: 0, address: 10 is 00. Adjusting method: Order Page Address Data 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 0 C 3 3 3 3 0 01 10 21 01 02 03 01 00 0D 01 EE Press PAUSE button. Check the data is 02. (Note 2) Press PAUSE button. Check the data changes to 00. Check the data is 00. (Note 3) Procedure Insert the SW/OL standard tape and enter the VTR stop mode.
Note 2: If the data is 72, the tape top being played. After playing the tape for 1 to 2 seconds, stop it, perform step 5 and higher. If the data is 62, the tape end being played. After rewind the tape, perform step 5 and higher. Note 3: If bit0 of the data is 1, the EVEN channel is defective. If bit1 of the data is 1, the ODD channel is defective. Contents of the defect is see written into page: C, address: 10 and 12. See following table. (For the bit values, refer to 5-4. SERVICE MODE, 4-3. 3. Bit value discrimination.) If bit3 of the data is 1, the tape end being played, so rewind the tape and perform the adjustment again. When the EVEN channel is defective Data of page: C, address: 10 EE E8 E7 Contents of defect Writing into EEP ROM (IC2502) is defective Adjustment data is out of range No data is returned from IC2101
When the ODD channel is defective Data of page: C, address: 12 EE E8 E7 Contents of defect Writing into EEP ROM (IC2502) is defective Adjustment data is out of range No data is returned from IC2101
5-51
DCR-PC101/PC101E
4-2.
AGC Center Level Adjustment (VC-284 board)
4-3.
APC & AEQ Adjustment (VC-284 board)
RadarW RadarW
Mode Subject Measurement Point VTR playback Recorded signal at Preparations before adjustments CH1: Pin w; of CN1006 (RF MON) (Note 1) CH2 (Trigger): Pin qj of CN1006 (SWP) Oscilloscope C 1E The data of page: 3, address: 03 is 00
RadarW RadarW
Mode Subject Measurement Point VTR playback Recorded signal at Preparations before adjustments CH1: Pin w; of CN1006 (RF MON) (Note 1) CH2 (Trigger): Pin qj of CN1006 (SWP) Oscilloscope C 18, 19, 1B, 1C, 21, 2C The data of page: 3, address: 03 is 00
Measuring Instrument Adjustment Page Adjustment Address Specified value
Note 1: Connect a 75 resistor (1-247-804-11) between Pin w; and Pin ql (GND) of CPC jig. Adjusting method: Order Page Address Data 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 3 3 3 0 01 02 03 01 00 23 0 3 01 33 01 08 Confirm that the playback RF signal is stable. (Fig 5-3-5) Press PAUSE button. Check the data changes to 00 Check the data is 00. (Note 2) Perform APC & AEQ Adjustment. Procedure Playback the recorded signal atPreparations before adjustments.
Note 1: Connect a 75 resistor (1-247-804-11) between Pin w; and Pin ql (GND) of CPC jig. Note 2: Perform AGC Center Level Adjustment before this adjustment. Adjusting method: Order Page Address Data 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 3 3 3 7 3 0 01 02 03 30 33 01 00 00 00 07 0 3 01 33 01 08 Confirm that the playback RF signal is stable. (Fig 5-3-5) Press PAUSE button. Check the data changes from 07to 00 in about 20 seconds after pressing PAUSE button Check the data is 00. (Note 3) Procedure Playback the recorded signal atPreparations before adjustments.
Note 2: If the data is other than 00, adjustment has errors. (Take an appropriate remedial measures according to the errors referring to the following table) Data of page: 3, address: 03 20 30 40 50 Contents of defect Perform re-adjustment. (Note 3) The machine is defective. Perform re-adjustment. (Note 3) The machine is defective.
Note 3: If the data is other than 00, adjustment has errors. (Take an appropriate remedial measures according to the errors referring to the following table) Data of page: 3, address: 03 20 30 50 60 80 Contents of defect Perform re-adjustment. (Note 4) The machine is defective. Perform re-adjustment. (Note 4) The machine is defective. The machine is defective.
Note 3: If this data displayed twice successively, the machine is defective.

PB RF signal is stable
CH1 Pin w;
Note 4: If this data displayed twice successively, the machine is defective.
CH2 Pin qj 6.7 msec
Fig. 5-3-5
5-52
DCR-PC101/PC101E
5.
PLL f0 & LPF f0 Final Adjustment (VC-284 board)
RadarW RadarW
Mode Signal Measurement Point Measuring Instrument Adjustment Page Adjustment Address Specified value VTR stop No signal Displayed data of page: 3, address: 02 and 03 Adjusting remote commander C 1F, 20, 22, 29 The data of page: 3, address: 02 is 00 The data of page: 3, address: 03 is 00
Note 1: Check that the data of page: 0, address: 10 is 00. Adjusting method: Order Page Address Data 1 2 3 0 3 3 01 01 02 01 30 Press PAUSE button. Check the data changes to 00 within 5 seconds. (Note 2) Check the data is 00. (Note 2, 3) 00 Procedure
4 5
3 0
03 01
Note 2: If check is NG, the machine is defective. Note 3: If bit value of bit2, bit3, bit4, bit5 or bit6 is 1, adjustment has errors. For the error contents, see the following table. (For the bit values, refer to 5-4. SERVICE MODE, 4-3. 3. Bit value discrimination.) Bit value of page: 3, address: 03 data bit2 = 1 or bit 3 =1 bit4 = 1 or bit 5 =1 bit6 = 1 Error contents PLL f0 fine adjustment is defective PLL f0 adjustment is defective LPF f0 adjustment is defective
5-53
DCR-PC101/PC101E
3-4.
VIDEO SYSTEM ADJUSTMENTS
Before perform the video system adjustments, check that the specified values of 66MHz/54MHz Origin Oscillation Adjustment of 1-3. CAMERA SYSTEM ADJUSTMENTS is satisfied. Check that the data of page: 0, address: 10 is 00. If not, select page: 0, address: 10, and set the data 00. Adjusting Procedure: 1. Chroma BPF f0 adjustment 2. S VIDEO OUT Y level adjustment 3. S VIDEO OUT chroma level adjustment 4. VIDEO OUT level check
1. Chroma BPF f0 Adjustment (VC-284 board) Set the center frequency of IC4101 chroma band-pass filter. Mode Subject Measurement Point CAMERA All black (Cover the lens with the lens cap) CH1: Chroma signal terminal of S VIDEO jack (75 terminated) CH2: Y signal terminal of S VIDEO jack (75 terminated) Oscilloscope C 28 A = 100 mVp-p or less B = 200 mVp-p or more
Note: Check that the data of page: 0, address: 10 is 00. Adjusting method: Order Page Address Data 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 0 01 00 3 C C 3 0C 28 28 0C 00 04 0 01 01 Check the that the burst signal (B) is output to the chroma signal terminal. Press PAUSE button. Change the data and for minimum amplitude of the burst signal level (A). (The data should be 00 to 0F) Press PAUSE button. Press PAUSE button. Check the burst signal (B) to the specified value. Procedure
When the data of page: 3, address: 0C, is 04:

A CH1
CH2
When the data of page: 3, address: 0C, is 00:
CH1
Fig. 5-3-6
5-54
DCR-PC101/PC101E
2.
S VIDEO OUT Y Level Adjustment (VC-284 board) CAMERA Arbitrary Y signal terminal of S VIDEO jack (75 terminated) Oscilloscope C 25 A = 1000 14 mVp-p
3.
Mode Subject Measurement Point Measuring Instrument Adjustment Page Adjustment Address Specified value
S VIDEO OUT Chroma Level Adjustment (VC-284 board) CAMERA Arbitrary Chroma signal terminal of S VIDEO jack (75 terminated) External trigger: Y signal terminal of S VIDEO jack (75 terminated) Oscilloscope C 26, 27 Cr level: A = 714 14 mVp-p (NTSC) A = 700 14 mVp-p (PAL) Cb level:B = 714 14 mVp-p (NTSC) B = 700 14 mVp-p (PAL) Burst level: C = 286 6 mVp-p (NTSC) C = 300 6 mVp-p (PAL)
Mode Subject Measurement Point
Note: Check that the data of page: 0, address: 10 is 00. Switch setting 1) DEMO MODE (Menu display) ....................................... OFF Adjusting method: Order Page Address Data 1 2 3 4 5 6 0 3 C C 3 0 01 0C 25 25 0C 01 00 00 01 02 Press PAUSE button. Change the data and set the Y signal level (A) to the specified value. Press PAUSE button. Press PAUSE button. Procedure
Note 1: Check that the data of page: 0, address: 10 is 00. Note 2: NTSC model: DCR-PC101 PAL model: DCR-PC101E Switch setting 1) DEMO MODE (Menu display) ....................................... OFF Adjusting method: Order Page Address Data 1 0 3 C C C C 01 0C 26 26 27 27 01 02 Press PAUSE button. Change the data and set the Cr signal level (A) to the specified value. Press PAUSE button. Change the data and set the Cb signal level (B) to the specified value. Press PAUSE button. Check the burst signal (C) to the specified value. 3 0 0C 01 00 00 Press PAUSE button. 2 3
A
Procedure
Center of luminance line
4 5 6
Fig. 5-3-7
8 9
0.28sec (NTSC) 0.23sec (PAL)
0.28sec (NTSC) 0.23sec (PAL)
Fig. 5-3-8
5-55
DCR-PC101/PC101E
4.
VIDEO OUT Level Check (VC-284 board) CAMERA Arbitrary Video terminal of A/V jack (75 terminated) Oscilloscope Sync level: A = 286 18 mVp-p (NTSC) A = 300 18 mVp-p (PAL) Burst level: B = 286 18 mVp-p (NTSC) B = 300 18 mVp-p (PAL)
Mode Subject Measurement Point Measuring Instrument Specified value
Note 1: Check that the data of page: 0, address: 10 is 00. Note 2: NTSC model: DCR-PC101 PAL model: DCR-PC101E Switch setting 1) DEMO MODE (Menu display) ....................................... OFF Checking method: Order Page Address Data 1 2 3 4 3 0C 00 3 0C 02 Procedure Press PAUSE button. Check the sync signal level (A) to the specified value. Check the burst signal level (B) to the specified value. Press PAUSE button.
B A H
Fig. 5-3-9
5-56
DCR-PC101/PC101E
3-5.
AUDIO SYSTEM ADJUSTMENTS
1.
Playback Level Check VTR playback Alignment tape: For audio operation check (XH5-3 (NTSC)) (XH5-3P (PAL)) Audio left or right terminal of A/V jack Audio level meter and frequency counter 32 kHz mode: 1 kHz, + 3.0 2.0 dBs 48 kHz mode: 1 kHz, + 3.0 2.0 dBs 44.1 kHz mode: The 7.35 kHz signal level during EMP OFF is +2.0 2.0 dBs. The 7.35 kHz signal level during EMP ON is 6 2 dB from the signal level during EMP OFF.
[Connecting the measuring instruments for the audio] Connect the audio system measuring instruments in addition to the video system measuring instruments as shown in Fig. 5-3-10.
Mode Signal
In Recording
Main unit
Measurement Point Measuring Instrument
Audio oscillator Attenuator
L 600 R MIC jack
Specified Value
600 (270 (1-249-410-11) +330 (1-249-411-11))
Checking Method: 1) Check that the playback signal level is the specified value.
In Playback
Main unit Audio level meter or distortion meter
2. Overall Level Characteristics Check Mode Signal Camera recording and playback 400 Hz, 66 dBs signal: MIC jack left and right Audio left or right terminal of A/V jack Audio level meter 7.5 3.0 dBs
A/V jack
Audio (L)
Measurement Point
Audio (R) 47 k 47 k : 1-249-437-11
Measuring Instrument Specified Value
TV monitor Video
Checking Method: 1) Input the 400 Hz, 66 dBs signal in the MIC jack. 2) Record in the camera mode. 3) Playback the recorded section. 4) Check that the 400 Hz signal level is the specified value.
Fig. 5-3-10
3. Overall Distortion Check Mode Signal Measurement Point Measuring Instrument Specified Value Camera recording and playback 400 Hz, 66 dBs signal: MIC jack left and right Audio left or right terminal of A/V jack Audio distortion meter Below 0.4% (200 Hz to 6 kHz BPF ON)
Checking Method: 1) Input the 400 Hz, 66 dBs signal in the MIC jack. 2) Record in the camera mode. 3) Playback the recorded section. 4) Check that the distortion is the specified value.
5-57
DCR-PC101/PC101E
4.
Overall Noise Level Check Camera recording and playback No signal: Insert a shorting plug in the MIC jack Audio left or right terminal of A/V jack Audio level meter Below 45 dBs (IHF-A filter ON, 20 kHz LPF ON)
Mode Signal Measurement Point Measuring Instrument Specified Value
Checking Method: 1) Insert a shorting plug in the MIC jack. 2) Record in the camera mode. 3) Playback the recorded section. 4) Check that the noise level is the specified value.
5.
Overall Separation Check Camera recording and playback 400 Hz, 66 dBs signal: MIC jack <right> [left] (Connect the MIC jack <left> [right] to GND) Audio <left> [right] terminal of A/V jack Audio level meter Below 40 dBs (IHF-A filter ON)
Mode Signal
Measurement Point Measuring Instrument Specified Value < > : Left channel check [ ] : Right channel check
Checking Method: 1) Input the 400 Hz, 66 dBs signal in the <right> [left] terminal of the MIC jack only. 2) Record in the camera mode. 3) Playback the recorded section. 4) Check that the signal level of the audio output <left> [right] terminal is the specified value.
5-58
DCR-PC101/PC101E
5-4. SERVICE MODE

4-1. ADJUSTMENT REMOTE COMMANDER
The adjustment remote commander is used for changing the calculation coefficient in signal processing, EVR data, etc. The adjustment remote commander performs bi-directional communication with the unit using the remote commander signal line (LANC). The resultant data of this bi-directional communication is written in the non-volatile memory. 1. Using the Adjustment Remote Commander 1) Connect the adjustment remote commander to the LANC terminal. 2) Set the HOLD switch of the adjustment remote commander to HOLD (SERVICE position). If it has been properly connected, the LCD on the adjustment remote commander will display as shown in Fig. 5-4-1.
2. Precautions Upon Using the Adjustment Remote Commander Mishandling of the adjustment remote commander may erase the correct adjustment data at times. To prevent this, it is recommended that all adjustment data be noted down before beginning adjustments and new adjustment data after each adjustment.
Page
Data
Address
Fig. 5-4-1
3) Operate the adjustment remote commander as follows. Changing the page The page increases when the EDIT SEARCH+ button is pressed, and decreases when the EDIT SEARCH button is pressed. There are altogether 16 pages, from 0 to F. Hexadecimal notation LCD Display Decimal notation conversion value 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A b c d E F 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1112 13 14 15
Changing the address The address increases when the FF (M) button is pressed, and decreases when the REW (m) button is pressed. There are altogether 256 addresses, from 00 to FF. Changing the data (Data setting) The data increases when the PLAY (N) button is pressed, and decreases when the STOP (x) button is pressed. There are altogether 256 data, from 00 to FF. Writing the adjustment data The PAUSE button must be pressed to write the adjustment data in the nonvolatile memory. (The new adjusting data will not be recorded in the nonvolatile memory if this step is not performed) 4) After completing all adjustments, turn off the main power supply (8.4 V) once.
5-59
DCR-PC101/PC101E
4-2.
DATA PROCESS
The calculation of the DDS display and the adjustment remote commander display data (hexadecimal notation) are required for obtaining the adjustment data of some adjustment items. In this case, after converting the hexadecimal notation to decimal notation, calculate and convert the result to hexadecimal notation, and use it as the adjustment data. Indicates the hexadecimal-decimal conversion table. Hexadecimal-decimal Conversion Table
Lower digit of hexadecimal Upper digit of hexadecimal
2
4 5 6 7 8 9 A (A) 10 26 42 58 74 90 106 122 138 154 170 186 202 218 234 250 B (b) 11 27 43 59 77 91 107 123 139 155 171 187 203 219 235 251 C (c ) 12 28 44 60 76 92 108 124 140 156 172 188 204 220 236 252 D (d) 13 29 45 61 77 93 109 125 141 157 173 189 205 221 237 253 E (E) 14 30 46 62 78 94 110 126 142 158 174 190 206 222 238 254 F (F) 15 31 47 63 79 95 111 127 143 159 175 191 207 223 239 255
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A ( A)
0 16 32 48 64 80 96 112 128 144 160 176 192 208 224 240
1 17 33 49 65 81 97 113 129 145 161 177 193 209 225 241
2 18 34 50 66 82 98 114 130 146 162 178 194 210 226 242
3 19 35 51 67 83 99 115 131 147 163 179 195 211 227 243
4 20 36 52 68 84 100 116 132 148 164 180 196 212 228 244
5 21 37 53 69 85 101 117 133 149 165 181 197 213 229 245
6 22 38 54 70 86 102 118 134 150 166 182 198 214 230 246
7 23 39 55 71 87 103 119 135 151 167 183 199 215 231 247
8 24 40 56 72 88 104 120 136 152 168 184 200 216 232 248
9 25 41 57 73 89 105 121 137 153 169 185 201 217 233 249
B (b) C (c) D (d) E (E) F (F)
Note: The characters shown in the parenthesis ( ) shown the display on the adjustment remote commander. (Example) If the DDS display or the adjustment remote commander shows BD (bd); Because the upper digit of the adjustment number is B (b), and the lower digit is D (d), the meeting point 189 of 1 and 2 in the above table is the corresponding decimal number.
Table 5-4-1
5-60
DCR-PC101/PC101E
4-3.
SERVICE MODE
2. 2-1.
Emergence Memory Address C Page Emergence Memory Address Address F4 to FF Contents EMG code when first error occurs Upper: MSW code when shift starts when first error occurs Lower: MSW code when first error occurs Lower: MSW code to be moved when first error occurs EMG code when second error occurs Upper: MSW code when shift starts when second error occurs Lower: MSW code when second error occurs Lower: MSW code to be moved when second error occurs EMG code when last error occurs Upper: MSW code when shift starts when last error occurs Lower: MSW code when last error occurs Lower: MSW code to be moved when last error occurs
Additional note on adjustment Note: After the completion of the all adjustments, cancel the service mode by either of the following ways. 1) After data on page: D is restored, press the RESET button to reset the unit. (In this case, date and time and menu setting have been set by users are canceled. Perform resetting) 2) After data on page: D is restored, select page: 0, address: 01, and return the data to 00. And when data on page: 2 and 3 are changed, return data to the original condition. 1. Setting the Test Mode Address 10 Function Normal Forced camera power ON Forced VTR power ON Forced camera + VTR power ON Forced memory power ON
Page C Address F4 F6 F7 F8 FA FB FC FE FF
Page D Data 00 01 02 03 05
Before setting the data , select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 01. For page D, the data set will be recorded in the non-volatile memory by pressing the PAUSE button of the adjustment remote commander. In this case, take note that the test mode will not be exited even when the main power is turned off (8.4 Vdc). After completing adjustments/repairs, be sure to return the data of this address to 00, and press the PAUSE button of the adjustment remote commander. And select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 00.
When no error occurs in this unit, data 00 is written in the above addresses (F4 to FF). when first error occurs in the unit, the data corresponding to the error is written in the first emergency address (F4 to F7). In the same way, when the second error occurs, the data corresponding to the error is written in the second emergency address (F8 to FB). Finally, when the last error occurs, the data corresponding to the error is written in the last emergency address (FC to FF). Note: After completing adjustments, be sure to initialize the data of addresses F4 to FF to 00. Initializing method: 1) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 01. 2) Select page: 3, address: 01, set data: 37, and press the PAUSE button. 3) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 00.
5-61
DCR-PC101/PC101E
2-2. EMG Code (Emergency Code) Codes corresponding to the errors which occur are written in C page, addresses F4, F8 and FC . The type of error indicated by the code are shown in the following table. Code 00 10 11 22 23 24 30 40 42 No error Loading motor emergency during loading Loading motor emergency during unloading T reel emergency during normal rotation S reel emergency during normal rotation T reel emergency (Short circuit between S reel terminal and T reel terminal) FG emergency at the start up of the capstan FG emergency at the start up of the drum FG emergency during normal rotation of the drum Emergency Type
5-62
DCR-PC101/PC101E
2-3. MSW Code MSW when errors occur: Information on MSW (mode SW) when errors occur MSW when movement starts: Information on MSW when movements starts when the mechanism position is moved (When the L motor is moved) MSW of target of movement: Information on target MSW of movement when the mechanism position is moved
Mechanical Position
UNLOAD
EJ BL ULE BL SR BL GL BL STOP BL
LOAD
R/P
A (MSB) B C D (LSB) (Fixed at 0)
Lock released Cassette compartment
0 0 1 0 = 2
1 1 1 0 = E 1 0 1 0 = A
Code 2 E A 8 C 4 6 0 F
1 1 1 0 = E 1 0 0 0 = 8
1 1 1 0 = E 1 1 0 0 = C
1 1 1 0 = E 0 1 0 0 = 4
0 1 1 0 = 6
Position EJ BL ULE SR GL STOP R/P NULL
1 1 1 0 = E
LS chassis movement section
Pinch roller pressing
Contents Position at which the cassette component lock is released, at the farthest unload side mechanically at which the mechanism can move no further in the UNLOAD direction. BLANK code, at the boundary between codes. EJECT completion position. when the cassette is ejected, the mechanism will stop at this position. Cassette IN standby. The guide will start protruding out as the mechanism moves towards the LOAD position. Position at which it is possible to release the S ratchet. Guide loading are performed here. Stop position in the loading state. The pinch roller separates, the tension regulator returns, and the brake is imposed on both reels. PB, REC, CUE, REVIEW, PAUSE positions. When pinch roller is pressed, and the tension regulator is ON, the mechanism is operating at this position in modes in which normal images are shown. Code not existing in the MD. Default value. Status before finding any mechanism position.
5-63
DCR-PC101/PC101E
3. Bit Value Discrimination Bit values must be discriminated using the display data of the adjustment remote commander for the following items. Us the table below to discriminate if the bit value is 1 or 0.
Display on the adjustment remote commander
Address Page bit3 to bit0 discrimination bit7 to bit4 discrimination (Example) If the remote commander display is 8E, bit value from bit 7 to bit 4 can be discriminated from the column A, and those from bit 3 to bit 0 from column B.
Display on the adjustment remote commander 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 A 8 9 A ( A) B ( b) C ( C) D ( d) E ( E) B F ( F)
bit3 or bit7 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Bit values bit2 bit1 or or bit6 bit5 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 0 1 1 1 1
bit0 or bit4 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1
4.
Jack Check (1) Address 0C
Page 7
Bit 1 2 3
Function MIC jack (ME-020 board J402) VIDEO/AUDIO jack (ME-020 board J401) S VIDEO jack (FK-2850 block J602)
When bit value = 1 Used Used Used
When bit value = 0 Not used Not used Not used
Using method: 1) Select page: 7, address: 0C. 2) By discriminating the bit value of display data, the state of jack can be discriminated.
5.
Jack Check (2) Address 61 Function Head Phone jack (FK-2850 block J601) When bit value = 1 Used When bit value = 0 Not used
Page 3 Bit 6
Using method: 1) Select page: 3, address: 61. 2) By discriminating the bit value of display data, the state of jack can be discriminated.
5-64
DCR-PC101/PC101E
6.
Switch Check Address 60 to 62
Page 2
Using method: 1) Select page: 2, address: 60 to 62. 2) By discriminating the display data, the pressed key can be discriminated.
Data Address 00 00 to 0C 19 0D to 24 32 25 to 3F 4E 40 to 5D 6F 5E to 81 96 82 to AA C1 AB to D7 EB D8 to FF No key input PANEL NORMAL (FP-470 flexible) (S4702) PANEL OPEN (FP-470 flexible) (S4701)
FOCUS FOCUS PHOTO COLOR SLOW S/ DISPLAY/ BACK 60 (INFINITY) (AF/MF) (REC) SUPER NS TOUCH PANEL LIGHT (KEY AD0) (FK-2850 block) (FK-2850 block) (FK-2850 block) (FK-2850 block) (FK-2850 block) (FK-2850 block) (IC3101 tl) (S606) (S605) (S603) (S604) (S607) (S608) PANEL 61 REVERSE (KEY AD1) (FP-470 flexible) (IC3101 y;) (S4702) PANEL 62 CLOSE (KEY AD2) (FP-470 flexible) (IC3101 ya) (S4701)
5-65
DCR-PC101/PC101E
7.
Record of Use Check (1) Address A7 to A9
Page 7
Note 1: This data will not be erased (reset) when the lithium 3 V power supply (NS-014 board BT001) is removed. Note 2: When the drum was replaced, initialize the drum rotation counted time. Note 3: Check that the data of page: 0, address: 10 is 00. Address A7 A8 A9 Function Drum rotation counted time (BCD code) Hour (H) Hour (M) Hour (L) Remarks 100000th place digit and 10000th place digit of counted time (decimal digit) 1000th place digit and 100th place digit of counted time (decimal digit) 10th place digit and 1st place digit of counted time (decimal digit)
Using method: 1) The record of use data is displayed at page: 7, addresses: A7 to A9. Initializing method of drum rotation counted time: 1) Select page: 7, address: 00, and set data: 71. 2) Select page: 7, address: 01, set data: 71, and press the PAUSE button. 3) Select page: 7, address: 02, and check that the data is 01.
8. Record of Use Check (2) Page 7 Address C8 to CD
Note 1: This data will not be erased (reset) when the lithium 3 V power supply (NS-014 board BT001) is removed. Note 2: Check that the data of page: 0, address 10 is 00. Address C8 C9 CA CB CC CD on date (BCD code) Final condensation occurrence date (BCD code) Function User initial power Year Month Day Year Month Day After setting the clock, set the date of power on next Remarks
Using method: 1) The record of use data is displayed at page: 7, addresses: C8 to CD.
5-66
DCR-PC101/PC101E
9.
Record of Self-diagnosis check Address B0 to C6
Page 7
Note 1: This data will not be erased (reset) when the lithium 3 V power supply (NS-014 board BT001) is removed. Note 2: Check that the data of page: 0, address 10 is 00. Address B0 B1 B2 B4 B5 B6 B8 B9 BA BC BD BE C0 C1 C2 C4 C5 C6 Self-diagnosis code Repaired by code (Occurred 1st time) *1 Block function code (Occurred 1st time) Detailed code (Occurred 1st time) Repaired by code (Occurred 2nd time) *1 Block function code (Occurred 2nd time) Detailed code (Occurred 2nd time) Repaired by code (Occurred 3rd time) *1 Block function code (Occurred 3rd time) Detailed code (Occurred 3rd time) Repaired by code (Occurred 4th time) *1 Block function code (Occurred 4th time) Detailed code (Occurred 4th time) Repaired by code (Occurred 5th time) *1 Block function code (Occurred 5th time) Detailed code (Occurred 5th time) Repaired by code (Occurred the last time) *1 Block function code (Occurred the last time) Detailed code (Occurred the last time) *1 : 01 t C, 03 t E Using method: 1) The past self-diagnosis codes are displayed at page: 7, address: BC to C6. Refer to 1-2. SELF-DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION of 1. SERVICE NOTE for detail of the self-diagnosis code.
5-67 5-67 E
DCR-PC101/PC101E
COVER
6-1. EXPLODED VIEWS
NOTE: -XX and -X mean standardized parts, so they may have some difference from the original one. Items marked * are not stocked since they are seldom required for routine service. Some delay should be anticipated when ordering these items.
SECTION 6 REPAIR PARTS LIST

The components identified by mark 0 or dotted line with mark 0 are critical for safety. Replace only with part number specified. Les composants identifis par une marque 0 sont critiquens pour la scurit. Ne les remplacer que par une pice portant le numro spcifi.
The mechanical parts with no reference number in the exploded views are not supplied. Accessories are given in the last of the electrical parts list.
6-1-1. MAIN SECTION

ns: not supplied
16 5
Lens block section (See page 6-2, 6-3)
17 7 2
Cabinet (L) block assembly (See page 6-4)
2 16 7 8 9 6 10 2
ns
2 2 20
14
4 18
12
ns
16 11 1 15
Ref. No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Part No. 3-059-722-01 4-974-725-01 3-075-957-01 3-070-940-01 3-075-312-01 X-3952-449-1 3-713-791-01 3-062-128-01 3-068-778-11 3-057-482-01 Description COVER, CASSETTE COMPARTMENT SCREW (M1.7), LOCK ACE, P2 SHEET (MD), CN TAPE (3), DF COVER, MICROPHONE CAP ASSY, LENS SCREW (M1.7X4), TAPPING, P2 SPRING, COMPRESSION LOCK, BATTERY COVER, BATTERY Ref. No. 11 12 12 14 15 16 17 18 20
16
Cabinet (R) block section (See page 6-5, 6-6)
Part No. 3-075-315-01 A-7078-264-A A-7078-270-A 3-062-214-01 3-059-725-01 3-989-735-31 3-076-493-01 3-075-307-11 3-075-956-02
Description LID, CPC VC-284 BOARD, COMPLETE (SERVICE) (PC101) VC-284 BOARD, COMPLETE (SERVICE) (PC101E) SCREW (M1.4X1.5) LABEL, LS SCREW (M1.7), LOCK ACE, P2 PLATE (MIC), BLIND SHEET, GUARD SPACER (2), LOCK
6-1
DCR-PC101/PC101E
6-1-2. LENS BLOCK SECTION
LCD EVF block section (See page 6-3)
59
59 65 54 55 54 57 53 54 52 59 66 56 54 67
IC301 (Note)
58 59
60
61 51 63 64 62
(Note)
Be sure to read Precuations for Replacement of CCD Imager on page 4-8 when changing the CCD imager.
Ref. No. 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60
Part No. X-3952-446-1 8-848-756-01 A-7078-174-A 3-713-791-01 X-3952-671-1 1-758-569-11 3-053-973-01 X-3952-451-1 4-974-725-01 A-7078-171-A
Description RING ASSY, MF DEVICE, LENS LSV-750A MF-326 BOARD, COMPLETE SCREW (M1.7X4), TAPPING, P2 FRAME ASSY, LENS FILTER BLOCK, OPTICAL RUBBER (W), SEAL FRAME ASSY, CD SCREW (M1.7), LOCK ACE, P2 CF-089 BOARD, COMPLETE (PC101)
Ref. No. 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 IC301
Part No. A-7078-299-A 3-075-812-01 3-075-810-01 3-076-656-01 3-076-491-01 3-713-791-41 3-076-497-01 3-076-657-01 A-7031-367-A
Description CF-089 BOARD, COMPLETE(PC101E) SHEET, CF PROTECTION SHEET (CF), SHIELD TAPE (LENS) SHEET,PROTECTION,LENS FLEXIBLE SCREW (M1.7X5), TAPPING, P2 SHEET (ME) TAPE (CF), FLEXIBLE PROTECTION CCD BLOCK ASSY (CCD IMAGER) (Note)
6-2
DCR-PC101/PC101E
6-1-3. LCD EVF BLOCK SECTION

ns: not supplied
103
102
101 105
106 116 115 104 114 117
MIC901
118 107 123 108 126 120 112 111 110 109 120 121 124 119 122
LCD903 ns
113
125
Ref. No. 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 * 113 114
Part No. A-7078-170-A 3-075-318-01 1-815-124-11 3-075-811-01 3-056-030-21 4-974-725-01 3-075-809-01 3-075-813-01 3-069-940-01 3-062-205-11 3-075-319-01 3-068-772-01 3-062-767-01 3-068-805-01
Description ME-020 BOARD, COMPLETE FRAME, SHOE CONNECTOR, EXTERNAL (HOT SHOE) SHEET, INSULATING (ME) ACE (M1.7),0 PLATE 2 MAIN LOCK SCREW (M1.7), LOCK ACE, P2 SHEET (ME), SHIELD SHEET (ME2), SHIELD SHEET METAL, BL RETAINER CUSHION (B), BL BL UNIT CUSHION (L), BL CUSHION, LCD CUSHION, VF
Ref. No. 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 LCD903 MIC901
Part No. 3-068-796-01 X-3952-447-1 3-713-791-11 X-3952-644-1 3-075-311-01 3-989-735-01 3-068-764-01 3-076-497-01 3-076-492-01 3-076-654-01 3-076-631-01 1-476-810-11 8-753-028-54 1-477-268-11
Description FILTER, VF GUIDE ASSY, VF SLEEVE SCREW (M1.7X5), TAPPING, P2 LENS ASSY, VF RING, VF REGULATION SCREW (M1.7), LOCK ACE, P2 SLEEVE, VF SHEET (ME) SHEET (MIC), SHIELD TAPE (VF) TAPE (FLEXIBLE) BLOCK(0.44), LIGHT GUIDE PLATE LCX033AN-1 (SERVICE) MICROPHONE UNIT
6-3
DCR-PC101/PC101E
6-1-4. CABINET (L) BLOCK ASSEMBLY

ns: not supplied
173 167 171

B A
164
152
166
SP601
152
152 152 165 163 157

B A
168
157 158 169 157 172 157 152 162 161 160 159 153 152 152 151
Ref. No. 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 163 Part No. X-3952-450-1 4-974-725-01 3-989-735-01 3-076-649-01 A-7078-173-A 3-062-198-01 3-713-791-01 1-794-262-11 3-068-740-01 X-3952-442-1 3-068-739-01 3-062-189-02 X-3952-458-1 X-3952-515-1 Description COVER ASSY, FRONT SCREW (M1.7), LOCK ACE, P2 SCREW (M1.7), LOCK ACE, P2 SHEET, NS ELECTROSTATIC NS-014 BOARD, COMPLETE RETAINER, MS CONNECTOR SCREW (M1.7X4), TAPPING, P2 CONNECTOR, MEMORY STICK SLEEVE (REAR) GRIP ASSY, HOLD SLEEVE (FRONT) SCREW (M2.6), SPECIAL HEAD (STEP) CABINET (G) ASSY (PC101E) CABINET (G) ASSY (PC101) Ref. No. 164 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 171 172 173 SP601
154
156
157
@
170 155
(BATTERY, ! : BT001on the mountLITHIUM SECONDARY) Board position. (See page 4-93.)
CAUTION Danger of explosion if battery is incorrectly replaced. Replace only with the same or eqivalent type. Part No. X-3952-457-1 X-3952-516-1 A-7078-267-A 1-477-267-11 3-075-313-11 X-3952-438-1 3-975-921-01 3-075-309-01 3-075-310-01 3-075-310-11 Description COVER (AV) ASSY, JACK (PC101E) COVER (AV) ASSY, JACK (PC101) SWITCH BLOCK, CONTROL (FK-2850) (SERVICE) SWITCH BLOCK, CONTROL (PS-2850) CABINET (REAR) FRAME ASSY, MAIN SHEET, VIBRATION PROOF KNOB, EJECT CABINET (L) (PC101) CABINET (L) (PC101E)
1-681-188-21 FP-347 FLEXIBLE BOARD 3-076-510-02 REINFORCEMENT 1-529-857-11 SPEAKER (1.6cm)
6-4
DCR-PC101/PC101E
6-1-5. CABINET (BT) ASSEMBLY
205
LCD block assembly (See page 6-6)
205
206 211 212
207
BT901
204 215
208 202 213 215 205 202
201 214
J901
202 210 209
205
Ref. No. 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209
Part No. 3-075-314-01 4-974-725-01 3-973-497-91 A-7078-172-A 3-989-735-31 3-075-324-01 3-075-320-01 3-075-316-01 X-3952-440-1
Description FRAME, BJ SCREW (M1.7), LOCK ACE, P2 SCREW (M1.7), 0-NO, +P2 BJ-003 BOARD, COMPLETE SCREW (M1.7), LOCK ACE, P2 PLATE, DV FIXED FRAME, BOTTOM SCREW, TRIPOD CABINET (BT) ASSY
Ref. No. 210 211 212 213 214 215 BT901 J901
Part No. X-3952-629-1 3-075-808-01 3-076-631-01 7-600-004-62 3-072-500-01
Description JACK COVER (DV) ASSY SHEET (VC), RADIATION SHEET , COVER SHEET, INSULATING, BJ TAPE (N)
3-713-791-01 SCREW (M1.7X4), TAPPING, P2 1-694-796-11 TERMINAL BOARD, BATTERY 1-815-005-11 CONNECTOR, DC-IN
6-5
DCR-PC101/PC101E
6-1-6. LCD BLOCK ASSEMBLY

ns: not supplied
263
267 261
259 268 264 266
262 268 258 260 268 270
265
LCD901 ND901
TA901
253 257
268
ns
255
268
ns
ns
254
269
252 271 251

ns
253
The components identified by mark 0 or dotted line with mark 0 are critical for safety. Replace only with part number specified. Ref. No. 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 LCD901 0 ND901 TA901 Part No. A-7096-839-A 3-070-377-11 3-075-306-01 X-3952-443-1 3-989-735-31 4-974-725-01 3-060-704-01 3-713-791-01 3-068-791-01 8-753-051-47
Ref. No. 251 252 * 253 0 254 255 257 257 258 259 260 261 262
Part No. 3-075-321-01 A-7078-169-A 3-051-232-01 1-476-669-11 3-075-322-01 X-3952-459-1 X-3952-517-1 X-3952-439-1 1-961-736-11 3-070-376-11
Description SHEET, PANEL PROTECTION PD-166 BOARD, COMPLETE CLIP, PCB INVERTER TRANSFORMER UNIT SPACER, PANEL CABINET (R) ASSY, LCD (PC101E) CABINET (R) ASSY, LCD (PC101) HINGE ASSY, LCD HARNESS (PB-051) COVER (UPPER), HINGE
Description FP-470 FLEXIBLE BOARD (SERVICE) COVER (LOWER), HINGE CABINET (R) CABINET (L) ASSY, LCD SCREW (M1.7), LOCK ACE, P2 SCREW (M1.7), LOCK ACE, P2 SHEET (N), BL SHIELD SCREW (M1.7X4), TAPPING P2 SPACER, PD ACX311AKA-1 (SERVICE)
X-3952-445-1 PLATE ASSY, BLIND 3-075-327-01 SHEET, CONNECTOR RETAINER
1-517-931-11 TUBE, FLUORESCENT, COLD CATHODE 1-476-593-21 PANEL, (TP-1770)
6-6
DCR-PC101/PC101E
6-1-7. OVERALL MECHANISM DECK SECTION (J100)
M901
703
702 708 704 712 701 705 714 709 712 713
701
706 711
LS chassis block assembly (See page 6-8)
710
Mechanism chassis block assembly (See page 6-9)
707
701
Ref. No. 701 702 703 704 705 706 707
Part No.
Descriptions
Ref. No. 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 M901
Part No. A-7028-133-D 3-703-816-41 X-3950-364-1 X-3950-366-1 3-075-097-01
Description MD (J100) SUB ASSY (Y) SCREW (M1.4X2.5), SPECIAL HEAD GEAR ASSY, GOOSENECK TABLE ASSY, T REEL SCREW (M1.4X1.4), SPECIAL HEAD
3-703-816-14 SCREW (M1.4) X-3952-017-3 CASSETTE COMPARTMENT ASSY 3-059-082-01 SPRING, TENSION (CASSETE COMPARTMENT S) 3-059-208-01 SPRING (CASSETTE COMPARTMENT T) X-3950-370-3 DAMPER ASSY 3-059-101-03 RETAINER, LS GUIDE 7-624-102-04 STOP RING 1.5, TYPE -E
3-059-093-01 RETAINER, LED X-3950-361-1 PLATE ASSY, RETAINER A-7048-940-A DRUM (DEH-18A-R) (SERVICE)
6-7
DCR-PC101/PC101E
6-1-8. LS CHASSIS BLOCK ASSEMBLY

ns: not supplied
762 761 760
763
758 757 756
759
ns ns Q901 D901 ns
764
H901 FP-102 (Note)
H902
S903 Q902
768 766 765 769
755
754
770
767
ns
753 752
751
Note: FP-102 is included in the LS sub assy and is attached to chassis by hot-press. Because installation of FP-102 requires a very high accuracy, FP-102 is not supplied as an independent service parts.
Ref. No. 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 * 761 762 763
Part No. 3-059-173-01 3-075-097-01 A-7094-816-B X-3950-371-1 3-059-166-01 3-059-146-01 3-059-167-01 3-059-169-01 3-703-816-14 3-059-090-01
Description PLATE, LS CAM SCREW (M1.4X1.4), SPECIAL HEAD LS BLOCK ASSY ARM ASSY, BRAKE (S) DRIVING BRAKE (S) POSITIONING (S), CASSETTE SPRING (BRAKE S), TENSION COIL SPRING (BRAKE S ARM), TORSION SCREW (M1.4) SCREW (M1.4X2.5), SPECIAL HEAD
Ref. No. 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 D901 H901 H902 Q901 Q902 S903
Part No. A-7094-819-A 3-059-165-01 X-3950-359-1 3-059-161-01 3-059-170-01 3-059-171-01 3-059-172-01 8-719-078-71 8-719-067-74 8-719-067-74
Description TG7 BLOCK ASSY SPRING (TG7 RETURN), TORSION ARM ASSY, PINCH SPRING (PINCH RETURN), TORSION BRAKE (T) GEAR (T), BRAKE SPRING (T), BRAKE DIODE LN57A,SO (TAPE LED) ELEMENT, HOLE HW-105A-CDE-T (S REEL) ELEMENT, HOLE HW-105A-CDE-T (T REEL)
X-3950-358-4 TG1 ASSY 3-059-156-01 SPRING (TENSION REGULATOR) X-3950-365-2 TABLE ASSY, S REEL
8-729-028-71 TRANSISTOR, PN166,SO (TAPE END) 8-729-028-71 TRANSISTOR, PN166,SO (TAPE TOP) 1-572-288-11 SWITCH, PUSH (C.C. DOWN)
6-8
DCR-PC101/PC101E
6-1-9. MECHANISM CHASSIS BLOCK ASSEMBLY

ns: not supplied
815 811 822 812 813 820
807
824
814 816
M903
821
823 815
810
815
ns
815 825 819 815 830
809 808
818 806 807 804 829 826 827 805 801 803 802
ns Note: Mode gear assembly is including S902 (mode switch).
817
(Note)
M902 (Including belt)
815
828
Ref. No. 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817
Part No. 3-059-211-01 3-059-220-01 3-059-187-01 3-059-186-02 3-060-002-01 3-059-189-01 3-703-816-41 3-059-225-01 3-059-191-01 3-059-190-01 1-677-049-11 1-677-084-11 3-059-149-01 3-059-148-01 3-703-816-14
Description GEAR, CONVERSION GEAR, RELAY SHAFT, WORM HOLDER, MOTOR ROLLER, LS GUIDE GEAR (A), CAM SCREW (M1.4X2.5), SPECIAL HEAD SHIELD, MOTOR ROLLER, LS ARM, LS FP-228 FLEXIBLE BOARD (DEW SENSOR) FP-100 FLEXIBLE BOARD SLIDER, TG1 CAM ARM, TG1 DRIVING SCREW (M1.4)
Ref. No. 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 M902 M903
Part No.
Description
3-059-139-01 GEAR, GL DRIVING 3-059-188-01 GEAR, DECELERATION A-7094-818-A COASTER (S) BLOCK ASSY A-7094-817-A 3-059-126-01 3-962-914-01 A-7094-822-A 3-059-118-01 3-059-083-01 X-3950-368-1 3-059-192-01 3-063-355-01 3-065-202-01 COASTER (T) BLOCK ASSY RAIL, GUIDE SCREW (M1.4X2) DRUM BASE BLOCK ASSY COVER (B), GEAR COVER (C), GEAR ARM ASSY, PINCH DRIVING GEAR (B), CAM ROLLER (S1), LS GUIDE SUPPORT, TG7
3-059-117-01 COVER (A), GEAR X-3950-367-1 GEAR ASSY, MODE (Note)
8-835-685-01 MOTOR, DC SCD18A/C-NP (INCLUDING BELT) (CAPSTAN) A-7094-823-A MOTOR BLOCK ASSY, L
6-9
DCR-PC101/PC101E
6-2. ELECTRICAL PARTS LIST

NOTE: Due to standardization, replacements in the parts list may be different from the parts specified in the diagrams or the components used on the set. -XX and -X mean standardized parts, so they may have some difference from the original one. RESISTORS All resistors are in ohms. METAL: Metal-film resistor. METAL OXIDE: Metal oxide-film resistor. F: nonflammable Abbreviation AUS : Australian model CH : Chinese model CND : Canadian model Items marked * are not stocked since they are seldom required for routine service. Some delay should be anticipated when ordering these items. SEMICONDUCTORS In each case, u: , for example: uA. . : A. . uPA. . : PA. . uPB. . : PB. . uPC. . : PC. . uPD. . : PD. . CAPACITORS uF: F COILS uH: H KR : Korean model NE : North European model RU : Russian model The components identified by mark 0 or dotted line with mark 0 are critical for safety. Replace only with part number specified. Les composants identifis par une marque 0 sont critiquens pour la scurit. Ne les remplacer que par une pice portant le numro spcifi. When indicating parts by reference number, please include the board.
EE : East European model HK : Hong Kong model JE : Tourist model
Ref. No.
Part No.
Description
Electrical parts list of the BJ-003 board is not shown. Page 6-11 is not shown.
6-10
DCR-PC101/PC101E CF-089
Ref. No.
FP-102
Description Ref. No. IC305 Part No. Description 6-701-755-01 IC AD80017AJRURL < COIL > L102 L201 L301 L302 1-414-771-91 1-414-771-91 1-469-528-91 1-469-525-91 INDUCTOR INDUCTOR INDUCTOR INDUCTOR < TRANSISTOR > Q101 Q301 8-729-042-60 TRANSISTOR 8-729-037-74 TRANSISTOR < RESISTOR > R104 R110 R201 R202 R203 R204 R205 R206 R207 R208 R209 R210 R211 R213 R301 R302 R304 1-218-990-11 1-218-956-11 1-216-864-11 1-216-864-11 1-216-864-11 1-216-864-11 1-218-969-11 1-218-969-11 1-218-969-11 1-218-969-11 1-218-965-11 1-218-965-11 1-218-989-11 1-218-989-11 1-218-990-11 SHORT CHIP RES-CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP SHORT CHIP 0 1.8K 0 0 0 0 22K 22K 22K 22K 10K 10K 1M 1M 0 0 0 UN9114J- (K8).SO UN9213J- (TX).SO 10uH 10uH 100uH 10uH
Part No.
A-7078-171-A CF-089 BOARD, COMPLETE (PC101) A-7078-299-A CF-089 BOARD, COMPLETE (PC101E) ************************ (IC301 is not included in this complete board) < CAPACITOR > C101 C102 C104 C105 C106 C201 C202 C203 C204 C205 C206 C207 C208 C209 C210 C211 C212 C214 C215 C301 C303 C304 C306 C307 C309 C311 C312 C313 C314 C315 C317 1-117-919-11 1-125-837-91 1-117-919-11 1-125-837-91 1-107-826-11 1-127-895-91 1-127-895-91 1-125-777-11 1-125-777-11 1-119-923-81 1-119-923-81 1-119-923-81 1-119-923-81 1-127-692-11 1-127-692-11 1-127-692-11 1-127-692-11 1-127-895-91 1-125-777-11 1-164-004-11 1-107-826-11 1-107-826-11 1-107-826-11 1-125-777-11 1-107-826-11 1-113-992-11 1-165-897-11 1-107-826-11 1-107-826-11 1-119-750-11 TANTAL. CHIP CERAMIC CHIP TANTAL. CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP TANTAL. CHIP TANTAL. CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP TANTAL. CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP TANTAL. CHIP TANTAL. CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP TANTAL. CHIP 10uF 1uF 10uF 1uF 0.1uF 22uF 22uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.047uF 0.047uF 0.047uF 0.047uF 10uF 10uF 10uF 10uF 22uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 3.3uF 22uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 22uF 0.1uF 20% 10% 20% 10% 10% 20% 20% 10% 10% 10% 10% 10% 10% 10% 10% 10% 10% 20% 10% 10% 10% 10% 10% 10% 10% 20% 20% 10% 10% 20% 10% 6.3V 6.3V 6.3V 6.3V 16V 4V 4V 10V 10V 10V 10V 10V 10V 6.3V 6.3V 6.3V 6.3V 4V 10V 25V 16V 16V 16V 10V 16V 35V 10V 16V 16V 6.3V 16V
5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5%
1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W
1-218-990-11 SHORT CHIP 1-216-864-11 METAL CHIP < SENSOR >
5%
1/16W
SE201 SE202
1-418-682-41 SENSOR, ANGULAR VELOCITY (PITCH) 1-418-682-21 SENSOR, ANGULAR VELOCITY (YAW)
1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP < CONNECTOR >
FP-102 FLEXIBLE BOARD (Not supplied) ******************************** < DIODE >
CN101 CN102 CN103 CN104
1-794-404-21 1-794-410-11 1-766-336-21 1-766-340-21
CONNECTOR, BOARD TO BOARD 88P CONNECTOR, FPC (ZIF) 27P CONNECTOR, FFC/FPC 6P CONNECTOR, FFC/FPC 10P < DIODE >
D901
8-719-078-71 DIODE LN57A, SO (TAPE LED) < HOLE ELEMENT >
H901 H902
8-719-067-74 HOLE ELEMENT HW-105A-CDE-T (S REEL) 8-719-067-74 HOLE ELEMENT HW-105A-CDE-T (T REEL) < TRANSISTOR >
D102
8-719-040-57 DIODE 02DZ8.2-TPH3 < FERRITE BEAD >
FB201 FB202 FB301 FB302 FB302
1-414-760-21 1-414-760-21 1-414-445-11 1-500-283-11 1-216-805-11
FERRITE FERRITE FERRITE FERRITE METAL CHIP
0UH 0UH 0UH 0uH (PC101) 47 5% 1/16W (PC101E) (Note1)
Q901 Q902
8-729-028-71 TRANSISTOR PN-166, SO (TAPE END) 8-729-028-71 TRANSISTOR PN-166, SO (TAPE TOP) < SWITCH >
S903
1-572-288-11 SWITCH, PUSH (C.C.DOWN)
< IC > IC201 IC301 8-759-489-19 IC NJM3230V (TE2) A-7031-367-A CCD BLOCK ASSY (CCD IMAGER) (Note2)
(Note 1) Resistor is mouted to the location where FB302 is printed.
6-12
(Note 2) Be sure to read Precautions for Replacement of CCD Imager on page 4-8 when changing the CCD imager
DCR-PC101/PC101E ME-020
Ref. No. Part No. Description Ref. No. FB408 FB409 FB410 FB411 C502 C503 C4401 C4402 C4403 C4404 C4405 C4406 C4410 C4411 C4412 C4413 C4414 C4416 C4417 C4419 C4420 C4421 C4422 C4423 C4424 C4425 C4426 C4427 C4428 C4429 C4430 C4432 C4433 C4434 C4435 C4437 1-107-820-11 1-164-505-11 1-107-819-11 1-164-941-11 1-107-819-11 1-164-941-11 1-164-943-11 1-135-201-11 1-164-937-11 1-135-201-11 1-164-874-11 1-164-874-11 1-164-937-11 1-164-874-11 1-164-874-11 1-125-777-11 1-125-777-11 1-125-777-11 1-110-563-11 1-125-777-11 1-110-563-11 1-119-923-81 1-119-923-81 1-127-988-81 1-164-938-11 1-164-938-11 1-127-988-81 1-104-847-11 1-164-943-11 1-125-837-91 CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP TANTALUM CHIP CERAMIC CHIP TANTALUM CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP TANTAL. CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 2.2uF 0.022uF 10% 0.0047uF 10% 0.022uF 10% 0.0047uF 0.01uF 10uF 0.001uF 10uF 100PF 100PF 0.001uF 100PF 100PF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.068uF 0.1uF 0.068uF 0.047uF 0.047uF 15000PF 0.0015uF 0.0015uF 15000PF 22uF 0.01uF 1uF 0.047uF 0.047uF 10% 10% 20% 10% 20% 5% 5% 10% 5% 5% 10% 10% 10% 10% 10% 10% 10% 10% 10% 10% 10% 10% 20% 10% 10% 10% 10% 16V 16V 16V 16V 16V 16V 16V 4V 50V 4V 50V 50V 50V 50V 50V 10V 10V 10V 16V 10V 16V 10V 10V 16V 50V 50V 16V 4V 16V 6.3V 10V 10V Part No. Description 0uH 1mH 1mH 1mH A-7078-170-A ME-020 BOARD, COMPLETE ************************ < CAPACITOR > 1-469-084-21 FERRITE < IC > IC501 IC4401 8-759-581-11 IC NJM2125F (TE2) 8-759-679-11 IC BH7870AKV-E2 < JACK > J401 J402 J403 1-778-040-11 JACK, SMALL TYPE (AUDIO/VIDEO) 1-691-737-41 JACK (SMALL TYPE) (MIC (PLUG IN POWER)) 1-793-995-11 JACK, SUPER SMALL TYPE (LANC) < COIL > L4401 1-469-528-91 INDUCTOR < TRANSISTOR > Q501 Q502 Q503 8-729-420-20 TRANSISTOR 8-729-042-26 TRANSISTOR 8-729-427-83 TRANSISTOR < RESISTOR > R401 R402 R501 R502 R505 R508 R509 R4401 R4402 R4403 R4404 R4405 R4406 R4407 R4408 R4409 R4410 R4411 R4412 R4413 R4414 R4415 R4416 R4417 R4418 R4419 R4420 R4421 R4422 R4423 R4424 R4425 R4427 1-216-864-11 1-216-864-11 1-208-939-11 1-208-719-11 1-218-959-11 1-208-643-11 1-208-643-11 1-218-957-11 1-218-958-11 1-218-965-11 1-218-961-11 1-218-990-11 1-218-957-11 1-218-957-11 1-218-963-11 1-218-963-11 1-218-953-11 1-218-953-11 1-208-690-11 1-208-690-11 1-218-964-11 1-220-198-11 1-218-964-11 1-220-198-11 1-218-970-11 1-218-970-11 1-218-969-11 1-218-969-11 1-218-990-11 1-218-965-11 METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP RES-CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP SHORT CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP SHORT CHIP RES-CHIP 0 0 150K 33K 3.3K 22 22 2.2K 2.7K 10K 4.7K 0 2.2K 2.2K 6.8K 6.8K 1K 1K 2K 2K 8.2K 20K 8.2K 20K 27K 27K 22K 22K 0 10K 18K 100K 3.3K 5% 5% 0.5% 0.5% 5% 0.5% 0.5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W XN4312-TW 2SB1462J-QR (K8).SO XP6501- (TX).SO 100uH 1-414-760-21 FERRITE 1-469-084-21 FERRITE 1-469-084-21 FERRITE
1-119-923-81 CERAMIC CHIP 1-119-923-81 CERAMIC CHIP < CONNECTOR >
CN401 CN402 CN404 CN502
1-766-336-21 1-766-340-21 1-794-404-21 1-691-354-21
CONNECTOR, FFC/FPC 6P CONNECTOR, FFC/FPC 10P CONNECTOR, BOARD TO BOARD 88P CONNECTOR, FFC/FPC (ZIF) 16P < DIODE >
D401 D402 D407 D501 D502
8-719-062-16 8-719-062-16 8-719-056-85 8-719-084-93 8-719-084-93
DIODE DIODE DIODE DIODE DIODE
01ZA8.2 (TPL3) 01ZA8.2 (TPL3) UDZSTE-178.2B NSCW215T-T39 (BACK LIGHT) NSCW215T-T39 (BACK LIGHT)
< FERRITE BEAD > FB401 FB402 FB403 FB404 FB405 FB406 FB407 1-414-760-21 1-414-760-21 1-414-760-21 1-414-760-21 1-414-760-21 FERRITE FERRITE FERRITE FERRITE FERRITE 0uH 0uH 0uH 0uH 0uH 0uH 0uH
1-414-760-21 FERRITE 1-414-760-21 FERRITE
1-218-968-11 RES-CHIP 1-218-977-11 RES-CHIP 1-218-959-11 RES-CHIP
6-13
DCR-PC101/PC101E ME-020
Ref. No.
MF-326
NS-014
PD-166
Ref. No. C818 C819 C820 C821 C822 C823 C824 C825 C826 C827 C828 C829 C830 C901 C902 C903 C904 C905 C906 Part No. Description 3.3uF 0.001uF 82PF 2.2uF 2.2uF 2.2uF 3.3uF 0.01uF 0.01uF 4.7uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 1uF 22uF 0.01uF 22uF 0.01uF 10uF 0.1uF 20% 10% 5% 10% 10% 10% 20% 10% 10% 10% 10% 10% 10% 20% 10% 20% 10% 20% 10% 20V 50V 50V 6.3V 6.3V 6.3V 20V 16V 50V 10V 10V 16V 10V 16V 16V 16V 16V 10V 10V 1-107-687-11 TANTAL. CHIP 1-164-937-11 CERAMIC CHIP 1-164-872-11 1-125-838-11 1-125-838-11 1-125-838-11 1-107-687-11 1-164-943-11 1-163-021-91 1-115-566-11 1-125-777-11 1-107-725-11 1-109-982-11 1-119-751-11 1-164-943-11 1-119-751-11 1-164-943-11 CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP TANTAL. CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP TANTAL. CHIP CERAMIC CHIP TANTAL. CHIP CERAMIC CHIP
Part No.
Description < THERMISTOR >
TH501
1-810-811-11 THERMISTOR, NTC (1608) < VARISTOR >
VDR401 VDR402 VDR403 VDR404 VDR405
1-803-974-21 1-801-862-11 1-801-862-11 1-803-974-21 1-803-974-21
VARISTOR, CHIP VARISTOR, CHIP VARISTOR, CHIP VARISTOR, CHIP VARISTOR, CHIP
A-7078-174-A MF-326 BOARD, COMPLETE *********************** < PHOTO INTERRUPTER > PH730 PH731 8-749-016-83 PHOTO COUPLER GP1S092HCPI 8-749-016-83 PHOTO COUPLER GP1S092HCPI < RESISTOR > R730 1-218-945-11 RES-CHIP 220 5% 1/16W
1-104-851-11 TANTAL. CHIP 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP < CONNECTOR >
A-7078-173-A NS-014 BOARD, COMPLETE ********************** < BATTERY > BT001 1-756-128-11 BATTERY, LITHIUM (SECONDARY) < DIODE > D701 D702 D703 D704 8-719-061-82 8-719-078-78 8-719-078-78 8-719-016-74 DIODE DIODE DIODE DIODE < IC > IC701 8-742-221-00 HYB IC SBX3055-01 TLSU1002 (TPX1, SONY) (REC) DCZ2805 (NIGHT SHOT) DCZ2805 (NIGHT SHOT) 1SS352-TPH3
CN801 * CN802 CN803 * CN804
1-794-997-11 1-778-155-11 1-794-766-21 1-778-172-11
PIN, CONNECTOR 20P CONNECTOR, FFC/FPC (ZIF) 7P CONNECTOR, FFC/FPC (LIF) 6P CONNECTOR, FFC/FPC (ZIF) 24P < DIODE >
D801 D802 D803 D901
8-719-073-01 8-719-084-47 8-719-050-42 8-719-059-47
DIODE DIODE DIODE DIODE < IC >
MA111- (K8).S0 1SV290 (TPL3) RD3.3UM-T1B PG1111R-TR (STARTER)
IC801 IC802
8-759-660-93 IC RB5P004AM1 8-752-409-15 IC CXD3516R-T4 < COIL >
< RESISTOR > R704 1-218-990-11 SHORT CHIP 0 L801 L802 L803 L804 L901 L902 < CAPACITOR > < TRANSISTOR > C802 C803 C806 C807 C808 C809 C810 C811 C812 C814 C815 C816 C817 1-113-988-11 1-125-777-11 1-117-919-11 1-125-777-11 1-164-943-11 1-164-943-11 1-164-943-11 1-107-826-11 1-164-943-11 1-164-739-11 TANTAL. CHIP CERAMIC CHIP TANTAL. CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP 68uF 0.1uF 10uF 0.1uF 0.01uF 0.01uF 0.01uF 0.1uF 0.01uF 560PF 2.2uF 0.1uF 0.01uF 20% 10% 20% 10% 10% 10% 10% 10% 10% 5% 10% 10% 10% 4V 10V 6.3V 10V 16V 16V 16V 16V 16V 50V 6.3V 25V 16V Q801 Q802 Q803 Q804 Q805 Q806 Q807 Q901 Q902 Q903 8-729-048-77 8-729-037-52 8-729-427-74 8-729-037-74 8-729-427-74 8-729-041-23 8-729-042-26 8-729-042-72 8-729-037-53 8-729-042-59 TRANSISTOR TRANSISTOR TRANSISTOR TRANSISTOR TRANSISTOR TRANSISTOR TRANSISTOR TRANSISTOR TRANSISTOR TRANSISTOR XP4313- (TX).SO 2SD2216J-QR (K8).SO XP4601-TXE UN9213J- (K8).SO XP4601-TXE NDS356AP 2SB1462J-QR (K8).SO UN9214J- (K8).SO 2SA1832F-Y/GR (TPL3) UN9112J- (K8).SO 1-414-755-11 1-414-754-11 1-414-754-11 1-412-943-11 1-412-056-11 INDUCTOR INDUCTOR INDUCTOR INDUCTOR INDUCTOR 22uH 10uH 10uH 2.2uH 4.7uH 100uH
A-7078-169-A PD-166 BOARD, COMPLETE ***********************
1-414-757-11 INDUCTOR
1-125-838-11 CERAMIC CHIP 1-164-004-11 CERAMIC CHIP 1-164-943-11 CERAMIC CHIP
6-14
DCR-PC101/PC101E PD-166
Ref. No. Part No. Description < RESISTOR > R801 R802 R804 R806 R807 R808 R809 R810 R811 R812 R813 R814 R815 R816 R817 R818 R819 R820 R821 R822 R823 R824 R825 R826 R827 R828 R829 R830 R831 R832 R834 R835 R836 R837 R838 R901 R902 R903 1-218-965-11 1-218-990-11 1-218-990-11 1-218-985-11 1-218-985-11 1-218-977-11 1-218-967-11 1-218-958-11 1-218-973-11 1-218-975-11 1-218-969-11 1-218-975-11 1-218-989-11 1-218-977-11 1-218-977-11 1-216-864-11 1-216-864-11 1-208-635-11 1-218-977-11 1-218-990-11 1-218-990-11 1-208-635-11 1-218-977-11 1-208-635-11 1-218-977-11 1-218-941-81 1-218-965-11 1-218-985-11 1-218-990-11 1-218-965-11 1-208-935-11 1-208-703-11 1-208-957-11 1-218-979-11 1-218-969-11 RES-CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP SHORT CHIP RES-CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP 10K 0 0 470K 470K 100K 15K 2.7K 47K 68K 22K 68K 1M 100K 100K 0 0 10 100K 0 0 10 100K 10 100K 100 10K 470K 0 10K 100K 6.8K 820K 150K 22K 4.7K 1K 100 5% 1/16W Ref. No. Part No. Description
5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5%
1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W
5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 0.5% 0.5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5%
1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W
1-218-961-11 RES-CHIP 1-218-953-11 RES-CHIP 1-218-941-81 RES-CHIP
Electrical parts list of the VC-284 board is not shown. Page 6-16 to 6-25 is not shown.
6-15
DCR-PC101/PC101E
Ref. No.
Part No.
Description
Ref. No.
Part No.
Description
ACCESSORIES & PACKING MATERIALS ********************************* 1-475-141-61 COMMANDER, REMOTE (RMT-814) 1-475-599-11 ADAPTOR, AC (PC101: US, CND, E, HK, JE/ PC101E: AEP, UK, E, EE, NE, RU, HK, AUS, JE) 1-475-599-71 ADAPTOR, AC (PC101: KR) 1-475-599-81 ADAPTOR, AC (PC101E: CH) 1-569-007-11 ADAPTOR, CONVERSION (PC101: E, HK, JE/PC101E: E, HK, JE) 1-569-008-21 ADAPTOR, CONVERSION 2P (PC101: E, HK/PC101E: E, HK) 1-573-291-11 CONNECTOR, CONVERSION (PC101E: AEP, UK, EE, NE, RU) 1-696-819-11 CORD, POWER (PC101E: AUS) 1-757-293-11 CORD, CONNECTION (USB 5P) (PC101/PC101E: HK, AUS, CH, JE) 1-757-759-11 CORD, CONNECTION (USB) 5P (PC101E: AEP, UK, EE, NE, RU, E) 1-769-608-11 CORD, POWER (PC101: E/PC101E: AEP, EE, NE, RU, E) 1-776-985-11 CORD, POWER (PC101: KR) 1-782-476-11 CORD, POWER (PC101E: CH) 1-783-374-11 CORD, POWER (PC101: HK/PC101E: UK, HK) 1-790-107-22 CORD, POWER (PC101: US, CND) 1-790-732-11 CORD, POWER (PC101: JE/PC101E: JE) 1-824-097-11 CORD, CONNECTION (AV CONNECTING CABLE 1.5m) 3-072-414-01 SPVD-008 (PC101: E, HK, KR, JE/PC101E) 3-072-654-01 SPVD-008 (I) (PC101: US, CND) 3-073-861-01 CLOTH (TL), CLEANING 3-074-615-11 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (ENGLISH) (PC101: US, CND, HK, JE) 3-074-615-21 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (FRENCH) (PC101: CND) 3-074-615-31 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (SPANISH, PORTUGUESE) (PC101: E, JE) 3-074-615-41 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (TRADITIONAL CHINESE) (PC101: E, HK) 3-074-615-51 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (ARABIC) (PC101: E) 3-074-615-61 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (KOREAN) (PC101: KR, JE) 3-074-616-11 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (ENGLISH, RUSSIAN) (PC101E: UK, E, HK, AUS, CH, JE) 3-074-616-21 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (ITALIAN, GREEK) (PC101E: AEP) 3-074-616-31 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (SPANISH, PORTUGUESE) (PC101E: AEP) 3-074-616-41 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (FRENCH, GERMAN) (PC101E: AEP, E, JE) 3-074-616-51 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (ENGLISH, DUTCH) (PC101E: AEP) 3-074-616-61 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (ARABIC, PERSIAN) (PC101E: E) 3-074-616-71 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (TRADITIONAL CHINESE) (PC101E: HK) 3-074-616-81 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (SIMPLIFIED CHINESE) (PC101E: CH, JE) 3-742-854-01 COVER, BATTERY (for RMT-814) A-7024-735-A MEMORY STICK (MSA-8A) (16MB)
0 0 0 0
0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0
6-26E 6-26
FOR CAMERA COLOR REPRODUCTION ADJUSTMENT

Take a copy of CAMERA COLOR REPRODUCTION FRAME with a clear sheet for use.
For NTSC model
R-Y
MG
YE B-Y B
CY G
DCR-PC101
For PAL model
R-Y R MG YE B CY G
179
B-Y
DCR-PC101E
DCR-PC101/PC101E
9-929-971-31
Sony EMCS Co.

180
2002E0500-1 2002.05 Published by DI Customer Center
Reverse
992997131.pdf
Revision History
Ver. 1.0 Date 2002.05 History Official Release Contents S.M. Rev. issued

DCRPC101

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

You might also like

DCRPC101

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

DCRPC101

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

DCR-PC101/PC101E

US Model Canadian Model

E Model Hong Kong Model

Australian Model Chinese Model

DIGITAL VIDEO CAMERA RECORDER

SPECIFICATIONS Video camera recorder

PRINTED WIRING BOARDS AND SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS

REPAIR PARTS LIST

* The color reproduction frame is shown on page 179

SECTION 1 SERVICE NOTE

TO TAKE OUT A CASSETTE WHEN NOT EJECT (FORCE EJECT)

DC power supply (+4.5Vdc)

1-2. SELF-DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION

C : Corrected by customer H : Corrected by dealer E : Corrected by service engineer

SERVICE MODE DISPLAY Display Method

SELF-DIAGNOSIS CODE TABLE

The following flow chart shows the disassembly procedure.

2-1. LCD CABINET (R) ASSEMBLY (Page 2-2)

LCD BLOCK SERVICE POSITION (Page 2-2)

2-2. CABINET (R) BLOCK ASSEMBLY (Page 2-3)

2-13. LCD SECTION (Page 2-9)

2-14. PD-116 BOARD (Page 2-10)

2-3. LENS (-EVF) BLOCK SECTION (Page 2-3)

2-6. VC-284 BOARD (Page 2-5)

2-4. LENS BLOCK (Page 2-4)

2-11. CABINET (BT) BLOCK (Page 2-8)

2-7. MECHANISM DECK (Page 2-5)

2-5. CF-089 BOARD (Page 2-4)

2-12. BJ-003 BOARD (Page 2-9)

2-15. FP-470 BOARD (Page 2-11)

2-8. CABINET (G) ASSEMBLY (Page 2-6)

2-9. CONTROL SWITCH BLOCK (FK-2850) (Page 2-7)

2-10. CONTROL SWITCH BLOCK (PS-2850) (Page 2-8)

SERVICE POSITION TO CHECK THE VTR SECTION (Page 2-13)

SERVICE POSITION TO CHECK THE CAMERA SECTION (Page 2-14)

NOTE: Follow the disassembly procedure in the numerical order given.

2-1. LCD CABINET (R) ASSEMBLY

3 LCD cabinet (R) assembly

[LCD BLOCK SERVICE POSITION]

Adjustment remote commander (RM-95)

CPC jig for LCD panel (J-6082-529-A)

Inverter transformer unit

2-2. CABINET (R) BLOCK ASSEMBLY

Cabinet (rear) Two claws

5 Two screw (M1.7)

7 Slide the eject knob

0 Cabinet (R) block assembly

6 Screw (M1.7) Bottom view

2-3. LENS (-EVF) BLOCK SECTION

4 Two screws (M1.7) 1 Flexible board (NS-014 board) (CN104)

3 Two connectors (CN1010, CN404)

2-4. LENS BLOCK

2-5. CF-089 BOARD

2 Screw (M1.7) 1 MF-326 board (CN103)

0 CD frame assembly 9 Two screws (M1.7 5) 8 Screw (M1.7 4)

6 Two screws (M1.7)

7 CF-089 board (rear)

2-6. VC-284 BOARD